WO2006074388A2 - TRICYCLIC δ-OPIOID MODULATORS - Google Patents

TRICYCLIC δ-OPIOID MODULATORS Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006074388A2
WO2006074388A2 PCT/US2006/000491 US2006000491W WO2006074388A2 WO 2006074388 A2 WO2006074388 A2 WO 2006074388A2 US 2006000491 W US2006000491 W US 2006000491W WO 2006074388 A2 WO2006074388 A2 WO 2006074388A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkanyl
piperidin
group
phenyl
hydroxy
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2006/000491
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006074388A3 (en
Inventor
Steven J. Coats
Scott L. Dax
Bart Decorte
Li Liu
Mark Mcdonnell
James J. Mcnally
Original Assignee
Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. filed Critical Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V.
Priority to CA002594347A priority Critical patent/CA2594347A1/en
Priority to BRPI0606402-7A priority patent/BRPI0606402A2/en
Priority to EP06717664A priority patent/EP1846400A2/en
Priority to MX2007008286A priority patent/MX2007008286A/en
Priority to AU2006203880A priority patent/AU2006203880A1/en
Priority to JP2007550505A priority patent/JP2008526878A/en
Publication of WO2006074388A2 publication Critical patent/WO2006074388A2/en
Publication of WO2006074388A3 publication Critical patent/WO2006074388A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/12—Antidiarrhoeals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02—Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/10—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the bladder
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/04—Antipruritics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/16—Emollients or protectives, e.g. against radiation
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/06—Antimigraine agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A61P25/32—Alcohol-abuse
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/12—Antidiuretics, e.g. drugs for diabetes insipidus
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • opioid has been used to designate pharmacologically active alkaloids derived from opium, e.g., morphine, codeine, and many semi-synthetic congeners of morphine.
  • opioid was introduced to refer generically to all drugs with morphine-like actions. Included among opioids are various peptides that exhibit morphine-like activity, such as endorphins, enkephalins and dynorphins.
  • opioid has been used to refer to antagonists of morphine-like drugs as well as to characterize receptors or binding sites that combine with such agents.
  • Opioids are generally employed as analgesics, but they may have many other pharmacological effects as well. Morphine and related opioids produce certain of their major effects on the central nervous and digestive systems. The effects are diverse, including analgesia, drowsiness, mood changes, respiratory depression, dizziness, mental clouding, dysphoria, pruritus, increased pressure in the biliary tract, decreased gastrointestinal motility, nausea, vomiting, and alterations of the endocrine and autonomic nervous systems.
  • morphine When therapeutic doses of morphine are given to patients with pain, they report that the pain is less intense, less discomforting, or entirely gone. In addition to experiencing relief of distress, some patients experience euphoria. However, when morphine in a selected pain-relieving dose is given to a pain-free individual, the experience is not always pleasant; nausea is common, and vomiting may also occur. Drowsiness, inability to concentrate, difficulty in mentation, apathy, lessened physical activity, reduced visual acuity, and lethargy may ensue.
  • opioid receptors Two distinct classes of opioid molecules can bind opioid receptors: the opioid peptides (e.g., the enkephalins, dynorphins, and endorphins) and the alkaloid opiates (e.g., morphine, etorphine, diprenorphine and naloxone). Subsequent to the initial demonstration of opiate binding sites (Pert, C. B. and Snyder, S. H., Science (1973) 179:1011-1014), the differential pharmacological and physiological effects of both opioid peptide analogues and alkaloid opiates served to delineate multiple opioid receptors.
  • the opioid peptides e.g., the enkephalins, dynorphins, and endorphins
  • alkaloid opiates e.g., morphine, etorphine, diprenorphine and naloxone.
  • opioid receptors cause inhibition of adenylate cyclase, and inhibition of neurotransmitter release via both potassium channel activation and inhibition of Ca 2+ channels (Evans, C. J., In: Biological Basis of Substance Abuse, S. G. Korenman & J. D. Barchas, eds., Oxford University Press (in press); North, A. R., et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA (1990) 87:7025-29; Gross, R. A., et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA (1990) 87:7025-29; Sharma, S.
  • Delta receptors have a more discrete distribution within the mammalian CNS than either mu or kappa receptors, with high concentrations in the amygdaloid complex, striatum, substantia nigra, olfactory bulb, olfactory tubercles, hippocampal formation, and the cerebral cortex (Mansour, A., et al., Trends in Neurosci (1988) 11 :308-14).
  • the rat cerebellum is remarkably devoid of opioid receptors including delta opioid receptors.
  • British Patent GB 1128734 (1966) discloses derivatives of 6,11-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]oxepine that are anticholinergic, anti-convulsive, muscle-relaxing, sedating, diuretic, and/or vasoactive agents. These, agents, however, differ significantly from the compounds of the present invention both structurally and pharmacologically.
  • delta opioid receptor modulators as analgesics.
  • delta opioid receptor selective agonists as analgesics having reduced side effects.
  • delta opioid receptor antagonists as immunosuppressants, antiinflammatory agents, agents for the treatment of neurological and psychiatric conditions, agents for the treatment of urological and reproductive conditions, medicaments for drug and alcohol abuse, agents for treating gastritis and diarrhea, cardiovascular agents and agents for the treatment of respiratory diseases, having reduced side effects.
  • the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula (I) and to compositions comprising one or more compounds of Formula (I):
  • G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R 2 , C- 6 -ioaryl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, furyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and pyridinyl; wherein the C ⁇ -ioaryl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_ 8 alkanyl, C 2
  • Ri is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -8 alkanyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, and C 2-8 alkynyl;
  • R 2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C-i-salkanyl; C 2-8 alkenyl; C 2-8 alkynyl; C- ⁇ -ioaryl; and C-i-scycloalkanyl; wherein C-i -8 alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, amino, C 1-6 alkanylamino, di(Ci -6 alkanyl)amino, Ci -6 alkanyloxy, thioCi -6 alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, chloro, cyano, aminocarbonyl, C-i-salkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci -8 alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, Ci-ealkanyloxycarbonyl, and aryloxy; and wherein any aryl-containing substituents and Ci- ⁇ cycloalkanyl substituents of R 2 are optionally substituted with
  • R 3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C-i-salkanyl, haloi- 3 (Ci -8 )alkanyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, C 2-8 alkynyl, C 3-8 cycloalkanyl, cycloalkanyl(Ci- 8 )alkanyl, C 1 - 8 alkanyloxy(Ci -8 )alkanyl, C 1-8 alkanylthio(Ci -8 )alkanyl, hydroxyCi- 8 alkanyl, Ci -8 alkanyloxycarbonyl, halo 1 _ 3 (C 1-8 )alkanylcarbonyl, formyl, thioformyl, carbamimidoyl, phenylimino(Ci -8 )alkanyl, phenyl(Ci -8 )alkanyl, phenyl(Ci_ 8 )alkenyl, phenyl(Ci
  • R 4 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C-i -6 alkanyl; C 2-6 alkenyl; C 2-6 alkynyl; aryl(C 2-6 )alkynyl; Ci -6 aikanyloxy; amino; C-i- ⁇ alkanylamino; di(C-i- 6 alkanyl)amino; C ⁇ -ioarylamino wherein C ⁇ -ioaryl is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci- 6 alkanyl, Ci -6 alkoxy, halogen, and hydroxyl; formylamino; pyridinylamino; Ci -6 alkanylcarbonyl; Ci-ealkanylcarbonyloxyjC-i-ealkanyloxycarbonyl; aminocarbonyl; Ci -6 alkanylaminocarbonyl; di(C- ⁇ - 6 alkanyl)aminocarbonyl;
  • Rs is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -6 alkanyl, C 2 - 6 alkenyl, Ci -6 alkanyloxy, amino, C 1-6 alkanylamino, di(Ci.
  • R 6 is one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -6 alkanyl, C- 2 - 6 alkenyl, Ci- 6 alkanyloxy, amino, Ci -6 alkanylamino, di(Ci_ 6 alkanyl)amino, Ci -6 alkanylcarbonyl, Ci- 6 alkanylcarbonyloxy, Ci-6alkanyloxycarbonyl, Ci -6 alkanylaminocarbonyl, Ci- ⁇ alkanylcarbonylamino, d- ⁇ alkanylthio, Ci- 6 alkanylsulfonyl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, fluoro(Ci- 6 )alkanyl and fluoro(Ci. 6 )alkanyloxy;
  • Y is O or S
  • Z is O 1 S, NH, N(C 1-6 alkanyl), N(OH), N(OC 1-6 alkanyl), or N(phenyl); and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the present invention is directed to veterinary and pharmaceutical compositions containing compounds of Formula (I) wherein the compositions are used to treat mild to severe pain in warm-blooded animals.
  • Ci ⁇ refers to a radical containing from a to b carbon atoms inclusive.
  • Ci_ 3 denotes a radical containing 1 , 2 or 3 carbon atoms
  • Alkyl refers to a saturated or unsaturated, branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne.
  • Typical alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl; ethyls such as ethanyl, ethenyl, ethynyl; propyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yI , cyclopropan-1-yl, prop-1-en-1-yl, prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl, cycloprop-1-en-1-yl; cycloprop-2-en-1-yl, prop-1-yn-1-yl, prop-2-yn-1-yl, etc.; butyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methyl-propan-1-yl, 2-methyl-propan-2-yl, cyclobutan-1-yl, but-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta-1 ,3
  • alkanyl alkenyl
  • alkynyl alkynyl
  • alkanyl refers to a saturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane.
  • Typical alkanyl groups include, but are not limited to, methanyl; ethanyl; propanyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yl, cyclopropan-1-yl, etc.; butyanyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methyl-propan-1-yl, 2-methyl-propan-2-yl, cyclobutan-1-yl, etc.; and the like.
  • the alkanyl groups are (C-i-s) alkanyl, with (C 1 - 3 ) being particularly preferred.
  • Alkenyl refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical having at least one carbon-carbon double bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkene.
  • the radical may be in either the cis or trans conformation about the double bond(s).
  • Typical alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl; propenyls such as prop-1-en-1-yl, prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl, prop-2-en-2-yl, cycloprop-1-en-1-yl; cycloprop-2-en-1-yl; butenyls such as but-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2 ⁇ en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta ⁇ 1 ,3-dien-1-yl, buta-1 ,3-dien-2-yl, cyclobut-1-en-1-yl, cyclobut-1-en-3-yl, cyclobuta-1 ,3-dien-1-yl, etc.; and the like.
  • Alkynyl refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkyne.
  • Typical alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl; propynyls such as prop-1-yn-1-yl, prop-2-yn-1-yl, etc.; butynyls such as but-1-yn-1-yl, but-1-yn-3-yl, but-3-yn-1-yl, etc.; and the like.
  • Heteroalkyl and Heteroalkanyl refer to alkyl or alkanyl radicals, respectively, in which one or more carbon atoms (and any necessary associated hydrogen atoms) are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatoms (including any necessary hydrogen or other atoms).
  • Typical heteroatoms to replace the carbon atom(s) include, but are not limited to, N, P, O, S, Si, etc.
  • Preferred heteroatoms are O, N and S.
  • Parent aromatic ring system refers to an unsaturated cyclic or polycyclic ring system having a conjugated ⁇ electron system. Specifically included within the definition of "parent aromatic ring system” are fused ring systems in which one or more rings are aromatic and one or more rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, indane, indene, phenalene, etc.
  • Typical parent aromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, trinaphthalene, and the like
  • Aryl refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system.
  • Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4- diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiaden
  • Arylalkyl refers to an acyclic alkyl group in which one of the hydrogen • atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical.
  • Typical arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl, 2-phenylethen-1-yl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-1-yl, 2-naphthylethen-1-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl and the like.
  • the arylalkyl group is (C 6 - 26 ) arylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is (C-i- 6 ) and the aryl moiety is (C 5 - 2 o)-
  • the arylalkyl group is (C- 6 - 13 ), e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is (C1-3) and the aryl moiety is (C 5 - 10 ).
  • Even more preferred arylalkyl groups are phenylalkanyls.
  • alkanyloxy refers to a saturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon alcohol radical derived by the removal of the hydrogen atom from the hydroxide oxygen of the alcohol.
  • Typical alkanyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, methanyloxy; ethanyloxy; propanyloxy groups such as propan-1 -yloxy (CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 O-), propan-2-yloxy ((CHs) 2 CHO-), cyclopropan-1-yloxy, etc.; butanyloxy groups such as butan-1 -yloxy, butan-2-yloxy, 2-methyl-propan-1 -yloxy, 2-methyl-propan-2-yloxy, cyclobutan-1 -yloxy, etc.; and the like.
  • the alkanyloxy groups are (Ci_s) alkanyloxy groups, with (C 1 - 3 ) being particularly preferred.
  • Parent Heteroaromatic Ring System refers to a parent aromatic ring system in which one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom. Heteratoms to replace the carbon atoms include N, O, and S. Specifically included within the definition of "parent heteroaromatic ring systems" are fused ring systems in which one or more rings are aromatic and one or more rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, arsindole, chromane, chromene, indole, indoline, xanthene, etc.
  • Typical parent heteroaromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, carbazole, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazole, xanthene, and the like.
  • Heteroaryl refers to a monovalent heteroaromatic radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a parent heteroaromatic ring system.
  • Typical heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from carbazole, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazole, xanthene, and the like.
  • Cycloheteroalkyl refers to a saturated or unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic alkyl radical in which one carbon atom is replaced with N, O or S.
  • the cycloheteroalkyl may contain up to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S.
  • Typical cycloheteroalkyl moieties include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from imidazolidine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazolidine, pyrrolidine, quinuclidine, and the like.
  • the cycloheteroalkyl is a 3-6 membered cycloheteroalkyl.
  • Cycloheteroalkanyl refers to a saturated monocyclic or bicyclic alkanyl radical in which one carbon atom is replaced with N, O or S.
  • the cycloheteroalkanyl may contain up to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S.
  • Typical cycloheteroalkanyl moieties include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from imidazolidine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazolidine, pyrrolidine, quinuclidine, and the like.
  • the cycloheteroalkanyl is a 3-6 membered cycloheteroalkanyl.
  • Cycloheteroalkenyl refers to a saturated monocyclic or bicyclic alkenyl radical in which one carbon atom is replaced with N, O or S.
  • the cycloheteroalkenyl may contain up to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S.
  • Typical cycloheteroalkenyl moieties include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from imidazoline, pyrazoline, pyrroline, indoline, pyran, and the like.
  • the cycloheteroalkanyl is a 3-6 membered cycloheteroalkanyl.
  • Substituted: refers to a radical in which one or more hydrogen atoms are each independently replaced with the same or different substituent(s).
  • Preferred substituents include hydroxy, halogen i Ci -8 alkyl, d-salkanyloxy, fluorinated alkanyloxy, fluorinated alkyl, Ci-salkylthio, Cs-scycloalkyl, Ca-scycloalkanyloxy, nitro_ amino i Ci- 8 alkylamino i C-i-sdialkylamino, Cs-scycloalkylamino, CyBnO 1 carboxy, C-i-T-alkanyloxycarbonyl, C-i ⁇ alkylcarbonyloxy, formyl, carbamoyl phenyl, aroyl, carbamoyl, amidino, (arylamino)carbonyl and aryl(C 1-8 alkyl)carbonyl,
  • a "phenylCi- 6 alkanylaminocarbonylCi.. 6 alkyr substituent refers to a group of the formula alkanyl
  • An embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula (I) wherein the structure of Formula (I) is as defined below.
  • compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I):
  • G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R 2 , C ⁇ -ioaryl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of: imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, furyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and pyridinyl; wherein the C 6 -ioaryl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci- 8 alkanyl, C 2
  • Ri is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci- 8 alkanyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, and C 2-8 alkynyl;
  • R 2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci -8 alkanyl; C 2-8 alkenyl; C 2-8 alkynyl; C ⁇ -ioaryl; and Ci -8 cycloalkanyl; wherein C-i -8 alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, amino, Ci_ 6 alkanylamino, di(C-i_ 6 alkanyl)amino, C 1-6 alkanyloxy, thioC-i- ⁇ alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, chloro, cyano, aminocarbonyl, Ci_ 8 alkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci -8 alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, Ci -6 alkanyloxycarbonyl, and aryloxy; and wherein any aryl-containing substituents and Ci_ 8 cycloalkanyl substituents of R 2 are optionally substituted with one to three
  • R 4 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci -6 alkanyl; C 2-6 alkenyl; C 2-6 alkynyl; aryl(C 2-6 )alkynyl; Ci -6 alkanyloxy; amino; Ci -6 alkanylamino; di(Ci- 6 alkanyl)amino; C ⁇ -ioarylamino wherein C- ⁇ -ioaryl is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from the group consisting of d- ⁇ alkanyl, C-i- ⁇ alkoxy, halogen, and hydroxy; formylamino; pyridinylamino; Ci -6 alkanylcarbonyl; C-
  • Rs is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -6 alkanyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, Ci -6 alkanyloxy, amino, Ci ⁇ alkanylamino, di(Ci_ 6 alkanyl)amino, Ci_ 6 alkanylcarbonyl, Ci- 6 alkanylcarbonyloxy, Ci- ⁇ alkanyloxycarbonyl, C 1-6 alkanylaminocarbonyl, d- ⁇ alkanylcarbonylamino, Ci -6 alkanylthio, Ci -6 alkanylsulfonyl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, fluoro(Ci- 6 )alkanyl and fluoro(Ci- ⁇ )alkanyloxy;
  • Re is one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci- ⁇ alkanyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, Ci -6 alkanyloxy, amino, C ⁇ -6 alkanylamino, di(Ci- 6 alkanyl)amino, Ci- 6 alkanylcarbonyl, C-i-ealkanylcarbonyloxy, Ci- 6 alkanyloxycarbonyl, C-i- ⁇ alkanylaminocarbonyl, Ci-ealkanylcarbonylamino, Ci- ⁇ alkanylthio, Ci -6 alkanylsulfonyl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, fluoro(Ci- 6 )alkanyl and fluoro(Ci_ 6 )alkanyloxy;
  • Y is O or S
  • Z is O, S, NH, N(C 1-6 alkanyl), N(OH), N(OC 1-6 alkanyl), or N(phenyl); and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds and compositions comprising compounds of Formula (I) wherein, preferably: a) G is -C(Z)N(Ri )R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkanyl, d-salkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci- 8 )alkanyl,
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -4 alkanyl and phenyl, wherein Ci -4 alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, C- M alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl- containing substituent of R 2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C-i- ⁇ alkanyl, Ci -6 alkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or Ri and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci- 3 alkanyl and hydroxy; m) R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci -4 alkanyl; or Ri and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen
  • R 6 alkanyloxy; bb) Re is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci -4 alkanyl; cc) R 6 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; dd) R 6 is hydrogen; ee) Y is O or S; ff) Y is O; gg) Z is O, NH, N(C 1-6 alkanyl), N(OH), N(OCi- 6 alkanyl), or N(phenyl); hh) Z is O, NH, or N(OH); ii) Z is O or NH; jj) Z is O; kk) R 4 is hydrogen and Y is O; II) R 4 is ⁇ '-hydroxy and Y is O; mm) R 4 is hydrogen and Y is S; nn) R 4 is ⁇ '-hydroxy and Y is S; and combinations of a) through nn) above.
  • embodiment of the present invention is a compound of Formula (I) or a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) whereinOne embodiment of the present invention is a compound of Formula (I) or a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) wherein:
  • G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R 2 , phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci- ⁇ alkanyl, Ci -8 alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci_ 8 )alkanyl, carboxy(Ci_ 8 )alkanyl, Ci -8 alkanylcarbonylamino, halogen
  • Ri is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkanyl
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci -4 alkanyl; phenyl; and Ci- 6 cycloalkanyl; wherein C ⁇ alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, amino, C 1-6 alkanylamino, di(Ci -6 alkanyl)amino, C 1-4 alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, chloro, cyano, aminocarbonyl, Ci-salkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci- 8 alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and phenoxy; and wherein the phenyl and Ci- ⁇ cycloalkanyl substituents of R 2 are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkanyl, C-i-salkanyloxy, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, fluoro, hydroxy
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -8 alkanyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, C 2 - 8 alkynyl, Ci -8 alkanyloxy(Ci -8 )alkanyl, Ci- 8 alkanylthio(Ci- 8 )alkanyl, hydroxyCi -8 alkanyl, thioformyl, phenylimino(C- ⁇ - 8 )alkanyl, phenyl(Ci -8 )alkanyl, and heteroaryl(Ci- 8 )alkanyl wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl
  • R 4 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci -6 alkanyl; Ci -6 alkanyloxy; C ⁇ -ioarylarnino wherein C 6 -ioaryl is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkanyl,
  • Z is O, NH, N(C 1-6 alkanyl), N(OH), N(OC 1-6 alkanyl), or N(phenyl); and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound of Formula r a composition
  • a compound of Formula (I) wherein: G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R 2 , phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G (described herein) are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_ 4 alkanyl, Ci -4 alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci- 4 )alkanyl, carboxy(Ci -4 )alkan
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C-
  • any phenyl-containing substituent of R 2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci- ⁇ alkanyl, C-i- ⁇ alkanyloxy, fluoro, hydroxy, and Ci- 6 alkanylthio; or Ri and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci_ 3 alkanyl and hydroxy;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, allyl, 2-methyl-allyl, propynyl, hydroxyethyl, methylthioethyl, methoxyethyl, thioformyl, phenyliminomethyl, phenethyl, and heteroaryl(Ci_ 8 )alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl wherein the phenyl in any phenyl-containing substituent is optionally substituted with one hydroxyl group;
  • R 4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci- 4 alkanyl, Ci -4 alkanyloxy, halogen, phenyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy;
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • RQ is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci -4 alkanyl;
  • Y is O or S; Z iS O 1 NH, or N(OH); and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds and to compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) wherein:
  • G is selected from -C(Z)N(Ri)R 2 , phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, thienyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci -4 alkanyl, Ci -4 alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci -4 )alkanyl, Ci -4 alkanylcarbonylamino, hydroxy, cyano, oxo, thioxo, and aminocarbonyl; Ri is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl;
  • R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
  • Ci -4 alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, Ci -4 alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl-containing substituent of R 2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci- ⁇ alkanyl, Ci -6 alkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or Ri and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci- 3 alkanyl and hydroxy;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, methyl, allyl, or heteroarylmethyl wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, and thienyl;
  • R 4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-4 alkanyl, Ci -4 alkanyloxy, halogen, phenyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy; R 6 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; Y is O or S; Z is O or NH; and enantiomers, diasteromers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound of Formula r a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) wherein:
  • G is selected from -C(Z)N(Ri )R 2 , 2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, 2-aminocarbonyl-phenyl, 1 H-tetrazol-4-yl, 2-methyl-tetrazol-5-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-thioxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]thiadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, [1 ,2,3,5]oxathiadiazol-2-oxo-4-yl, or pyridin-3-yl;
  • Ri is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci ⁇ alkanyl and phenyl; wherein Ci -4 alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, Ci -4 alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl- containing substituent of R 2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci -6 alkanyl, Ci- ⁇ alkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or Ri and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -8 alkanyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, C 2-8 alkynyl, Ci_ 8 alkanyloxy(Ci. 8 )alkanyl, Ci- 8 alkanylthio(Ci- 8 )alkanyl, hydroxyCi-salkanyl, thioformyl, phenylimino(Ci -8 )alkanyl, phenyl(Ci_ 8 )alkanyl, and heteroaryl(Ci -8 )alkanyl wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, allyl, or heteroarylmethyl; wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, and thienyl; wherein phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consist
  • R 4 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -4 alkanyl, Ci -4 alkanyloxy, halogen, phenyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy;
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • R ⁇ is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl;
  • Y is O or S
  • Z is O or NH; and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds and to compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) wherein:
  • G is independently selected from -C(Z)N(R- ⁇ )R2,
  • Ri is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl
  • R 2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
  • Ci- 4 alkanyl and phenyl wherein C 1-4 alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, Ci -4 alkanyloxy, hydroxy, and 2,6-dimethyl-phenoxy; and wherein the any phenyl-containing substituent of R 2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkanyl, Ci -6 alkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or Ri and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci ⁇ alkanyl and hydroxy;
  • R3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]o!ioxol ⁇ 5-ylmethyl, carbamimidoyl, 1-H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl, phenyliminomethyi, 1-prop-2-ynyl, thioformyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl-methyl, hydroxy-ethyl, methoxy-ethyl, 2-methyl-allyl, 2-methyl-but-2-enyl, allyl, furan-3-ylmethyl, H, Me, methylthioethyl, phenethyl, pyridin-2-yl methyl, and thiophen-2-ylmethyl;
  • R 4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C-i ⁇ alkanyl, Ci -4 alkanyloxy, halogen, phenyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy;
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • RQ is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl
  • Y is O or S
  • Z is O or NH.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds and to compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) wherein: G is selected from -C(Z)N(Ri)R 2 , 2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, 2-aminocarbonyl-phenyl, 1 H-tetrazol-4-yl, 2-methyl-tetrazol-5-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-thioxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]thiadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, [1 ,2,3,5]oxathiadiazol-2-oxo-4-yl, or pyridin-3-yl;
  • Ri is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl
  • R 2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
  • Ci_ 4 alkanyl and phenyl wherein Ci -4 alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, methoxy, hydroxy, and 2,6-dimethyl-phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl-containing substituent of R 2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci -6 alkanyl, Ci -6 alkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or Ri and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci_ 3 alkanyl and hydroxy; R 3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl, carbamimidoyl, 1-H-imidazol-4-yl
  • R 4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, bromo, fluoro, a - or ⁇ '-phenyl, ⁇ - or ⁇ '-pyridinyl, a - or ⁇ '-furanyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy:
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • R 6 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl;
  • Y is O or S
  • Z is O or NH.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds and to compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) wherein: G is selected from -C(Z)N(Ri)R 2 , 2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, 2-aminocarbonyl-phenyl, 1 H-tetrazol-4-yl, 2-methyl-tetrazol-5-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-thioxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]thiadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, [1 ,2,3,5]oxathiadiazol-2-oxo-4-yl, or pyridin-3-yl;
  • Ri is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl
  • R 2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
  • Ci -4 alkanyl and phenyl wherein C- M alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, methoxy, hydroxy, and 2,6-dimethyl-phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl-containing substituent of R 2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci- ⁇ alkanyl, C-i- ⁇ alkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; alternatively Ri and R 2 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C-i -3 alkanyl and hydroxy;
  • R 3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of H, benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl, 1-H-imidazol-4-yl methyl, furan-3-ylmethyl, pyridin-2-ylmethyl, and phenyliminomethyl;
  • R 4 is a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, bromo, fluoro, ⁇ '- or ⁇ '-phenyl, a- or ⁇ '- pyridinyl, ⁇ - or ⁇ '-furanyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy;
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • Re is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl;
  • Y is O or S
  • Z is O or NH.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula (I) and to compostions compsiring compounds of Formula (I) wherein:
  • G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R 2 , phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl, wherein the phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci. 4 alkanylcarbonylamino and oxo;
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and ethyl
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and or Ri and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl ring optionally substituted with hydroxy
  • R 3 is hydrogen, Ci-salkanyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, phenyl(C 1-8 )alkanyl, or heteroaryl(Ci -8 )alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, orthienyl
  • R 4 is one substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methoxy, hydroxy, hydroxycarbonyl, and aminocarbonyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • Y is O or S
  • Z is O.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula (I) and to compostions compsiring compounds of Formula (I) wherein:
  • G is N.N-diethylaminocarbonyl, 2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, N-N- diethylamidino, pyridin-3-yl, 3-(S)-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl, N- ethylaminocarbonyl, 1/-/-tetrazol-4-yl, pyridine-4-yl,
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and ethyl;
  • R 2 is hydrogen or ethyl; or Ri and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl ring optionally substituted with hydroxy;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, methyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, or heteroarylmethyl wherein the heteroaryl is furanyl, imidazolyl, pyridinyl, or thienyl;
  • R 4 is one substituent and is hydrogen, methoxy, or hydroxyl;
  • R 5 is hydrogen;
  • R 6 is hydrogen;
  • Y is O or S; and
  • Z is O.
  • Still further embodiments of the invention relate to compounds of Formula (I) and to compositions containing compounds of Formula (I) that are:
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I) wherein R 4 is preferably substituted at the ⁇ - or ⁇ '-position of Formula (I).
  • compositions comprising the dextrorotatory enantiomer of a compound of formula (I), wherein said composition is substantially free from the levorotatory isomer of said compound.
  • substantially free means less than 25 %, preferably less than 10 %, more preferably less than 5 %, even more preferably less than 2 % and even more preferably less than 1 % of the levorotatory isomer calculated as. n . , (mass levorotatory)
  • compositions comprising the levorotatory enantiomer of a compound of formula (I) wherein said composition is substantially free from the dextrorotatory isomer of said compound.
  • substantially free from means less than 25 %, preferably less than 10 %, more preferably less than 5 %, even more preferably less than 2 % and even more preferably less than 1 % of the dextrorotatory isomer calculated as
  • the compounds of the present invention may also be present in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • the salts of the compounds of this invention refer to non-toxic "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" (Ref. International J. Pharm., 1986, 33, 201-217; J. Pharm.ScL, 1997 (Jan), 66, 1, 1).
  • Other salts well known to those in the art may, however, be useful in the preparation of compounds according to this invention or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • organic or inorganic acids include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydriodic, perchloric, sulfuric, nitric, phosphoric, acetic, propionic, glycolic, lactic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, benzoic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, oxalic, pamoic, 2-naphthalenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, cyclohexanesulfamic, salicylic, saccharinic or trifluoroacetic acid.
  • Organic or inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, basic or cationic salts such as benzathine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine, procaine, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc.
  • basic or cationic salts such as benzathine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine, procaine, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc.
  • the present invention includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of this invention.
  • prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds that are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound.
  • the term “administering” shall encompass the treatment of the various disorders described with the compound specifically disclosed or with a compound which may not be specifically disclosed, but which converts to the specified compound in vivo after administration to the patient.
  • Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs", ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.
  • the compounds according to this invention may accordingly exist as enantiomers. Where the compounds possess two or more chiral centers, they may additionally exist as diastereomers. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Furthermore, some of the crystalline forms for the compounds may exist as polymorphs and as such are intended to be included in the present invention. . In addition, some of the compounds may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents, and such solvates are also intended to be encompassed within the scope of this invention.
  • the processes for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention give rise to mixture of stereoisomers
  • these isomers may be separated by conventional techniques such as preparative chromatography.
  • the compounds may be prepared in racemic form, or individual enantiomers may be prepared either by enantiospecific synthesis or by resolution.
  • the compounds may, for example, be resolved into their component enantiomers by standard techniques, such as the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active acid, such as (-)-di-p-toluoyl-d-tartaric acid and/or (+)-di-p-toluoyl-l-tartaric acid followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free base.
  • the compounds may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides, followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, the compounds may be resolved using a chiral HPLC column.
  • any of the processes for preparation of the compounds of the present invention it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
  • the protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be administered alone, they will generally be administered in admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier, excipient or diluent selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical or veterinary practice.
  • a pharmaceutical carrier excipient or diluent selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical or veterinary practice.
  • the present invention is directed to pharmaceutical and veterinary compositions comprising compounds of Formula (I) and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or diluents.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be admixed with any suitable binder(s), lubricant(s), suspending agent(s), coating agent(s), and/or solubilising agent(s).
  • Tablets or capsules of the compounds may be administered singly or two or more at a time, as appropriate. It is also possible to administer the compounds in sustained release formulations.
  • the compounds of the general Formula (I) can be administered by inhalation or in the form of a suppository or pessary, or they may be applied topically in the form of a lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder.
  • An alternative means of transdermal administration is by use of a skin patch.
  • they can be incorporated into a cream consisting of an aqueous emulsion of polyethylene glycols or liquid paraffin. They can also be incorporated, at a concentration of between 1 and 10% by weight, into an ointment consisting of a white wax or white soft paraffin base together with such stabilizers and preservatives as may be required.
  • compositions are administered orally in the form of tablets containing excipients such as starch or lactose, or in capsules or ovules either alone or in admixture with excipients, or in the form of elixirs, solutions or suspensions containing flavoring or coloring agents.
  • excipients such as starch or lactose
  • capsules or ovules either alone or in admixture with excipients, or in the form of elixirs, solutions or suspensions containing flavoring or coloring agents.
  • the compositions (as well as the compounds alone) can also be injected parenterally, for example intracavernosally, intravenously, intramuscularly or subcutaneously.
  • the compositions will comprise a suitable carrier or diluent.
  • compositions are best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example enough salts or monosaccharides to make the solution isotonic with blood.
  • compositions may be administered in the form of tablets or lozenges which can be formulated in a conventional manner.
  • compositions containing one or more of the compounds of the invention described herein as the active ingredient can be prepared by intimately mixing the compound or compounds with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
  • the carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending upon the desired route of administration (e.g., oral, parenteral).
  • suitable carriers and additives include water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, stabilizers, coloring agents and the like;
  • suitable carriers and additives include starches, sugars, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents and the like.
  • Solid oral preparations may also be coated with substances such as sugars or be enteric-coated so as to modulate the major site of absorption.
  • the carrier will usually consist of sterile water and other ingredients may be added to increase solubility or preservation.
  • Injectable suspensions or solutions may also be prepared utilizing aqueous carriers along with appropriate additives.
  • compounds of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily.
  • compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal skin patches well known to those skilled in that art.
  • the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
  • the therapeutically effective dose for active compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof will vary according to the desired effect. Therefore, optimal dosages to be administered may be readily determined and will vary with the particular compound used, the mode of administration, the strength of the preparation, and the advancement of the disease condition. In addition, factors associated with the particular subject being treated, including subject age, weight, diet and time of administration, will result in the need to adjust the dose to an appropriate therapeutic level.
  • the above dosages are thus exemplary of the average case. There can, of course, be individual instances where higher or lower dosage ranges are merited, and such are within the scope of this invention.
  • Compounds of this invention may be administered in any of the foregoing compositions and dosage regimens or by means of those compositions and dosage regimens established in the art whenever use of the compounds of the invention as analgesics is required for a subject in need thereof.
  • the invention also provides a pharmaceutical or veterinary pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical and veterinary compositions of the invention.
  • a pharmaceutical or veterinary pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical and veterinary compositions of the invention.
  • Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be used to treat mild to severe pain in warm-blooded animals such as humans by administration of an analgesically effective dose.
  • the dosage range would be from about 0.1 mg to about 15,000 mg, in particular from about 50 mg to about 3500 mg or, more particularly from about 100 mg to about 1000 mg of active ingredient in a regimen of about 1 to 4 times per day for an average (70 kg) human; although, it is apparent to one skilled in the art that the therapeutically effective amount for active compounds of the invention will vary as will the types of pain being treated.
  • a pharmaceutical composition is preferably provided in the form of tablets containing 0.01, 10.0, 50.0, 100, 150, 200, 250, and 500 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the subject to be treated.
  • Compounds of the present invention are also useful as immunosuppressants, antiinflammatory agents, agents for the treatment and prevention of neurological and psychiatric conditions, for instance, depression and Parkinson's disease, agents for the treatment of urological and reproductive conditions, for instance, urinary incontinence and premature ejaculation, medicaments for drug and alcohol abuse, agents for treating gastritis and diarrhea, cardiovascular agents and cardioprotective agents and agents for the treatment of respiratory diseases.
  • antiinflammatory agents agents for the treatment and prevention of neurological and psychiatric conditions, for instance, depression and Parkinson's disease
  • agents for the treatment of urological and reproductive conditions for instance, urinary incontinence and premature ejaculation
  • medicaments for drug and alcohol abuse agents for treating gastritis and diarrhea
  • cardiovascular agents and cardioprotective agents and agents for the treatment of respiratory diseases for the treatment of respiratory diseases.
  • the compounds of the present invention are also useful in treating pain caused by osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, fibromyalgia, migraine, headache, toothache, burn, sunburn, snake bite (in particular, venomous snake bite), spider bite, insect sting, neurogenic bladder, benign prostatic hypertrophy, interstitial cystitis, rhinitis, contact dermatitis/hypersensitivity, itch, eczema, pharyngitis, mucositis, enteritis, cellulites, causalgia, sciatic neuritis, mandibular joint neuralgia, peripheral neuritis, polyneuritis, stump pain, phantom limb pain, post-operative ileus, cholecystitis, postmastectomy pain syndrome, oral neuropathic pain, Charcot's pain, reflex sympathetic dystrophy, Guillain-Barre syndrome, meralgia paresthetica, burning-mouth syndrome, post-herpetic neuralgia, tri
  • a therapeutically effective dose can be determined by persons skilled in the art by the use of established animal models. Such a dose would likely fall in the range of from about 0.01 mg to about 15,000 mg of active ingredient administered 1 to 4 times per day for an average (70 kg) human.
  • Representative compounds of the present invention can be synthesized in accordance with the general synthetic methods described below and are illustrated in the schemes that follow. Since the schemes are an illustration, the invention should not be construed as being limited by the chemical reactions and conditions expressed. The preparation of the various starting materials used in the schemes is well within the skill of persons versed in the art.
  • the protection group on the N1 nitrogen of 1.1 may include an alkanyl, alkenyl or aralkanyl group in which case they are the therapeutically useful products of this invention.
  • the group P may also be trifluoromethylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl or aralkoxycarbonyl.
  • Useful phenol or thiophenol protection groups (R) include lower alkyl groups, benzyl, trialkylsilyl and the like.
  • Appropriate substituents on the protected phenol or thiophenol in the 2-position (X-i) may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy.
  • the Q group in the 5-position may be a substituent such as fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, iodo, carboxy, or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy.
  • Stage 1.2 includes removal of the phenol or thiophenol protective group. Such transformations may include the dealkylation of lower alkyl ethers to give their corresponding alcohols using reagents such as boron trihalides, or dealkylation of lower alkyl thioethers using reagents such as Na/NH ⁇ .
  • a benzyl protective group may be removed under conditions of hydrogenation in the presence of a transition metal such as palladium.
  • Trialkylsilyl protective groups may be removed by treatment with a source of fluoride anion such as tetrabutyl ammonium fluoride, or by exposure to an inorganic acid such as aqueous hydrogen chloride and the like.
  • Substituents X 2 and X 3 may include halogens, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, or a nitro group.
  • Useful coupling conditions of the anilino nitrogen with a compound of formula 1.5 include palladium catalyzed condensations in the presence of a phosphine ligand such as Pd 2 (dba) 3 and a base such as cesium carbonate. Coupling of the hydroxy or thio moiety with the remaining substituted phenyl group may proceed using Ullmann type coupling conditions.
  • stage 1.3 the two steps described in stage 1.3 may be reversed with biaryl ether or biaryl thioether formation preceding the formation of the biaryl amine.
  • condensation between compounds of formula 1.4 and compounds of formula 1.5 to yield compounds of formula 1.6 in one step may be affected by treatment with an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate in a suitable solvent such as dimethyl formamide.
  • the protective group P can be removed to obtain secondary amines 1 as illustrated in Stage 1.4.
  • These transformations may be carried out using certain acidic reagents such as hydrogen bromide or trimethylsilyl iodide.
  • Phenoxazines or phenothiazines of type 1.6 bearing a trifluoromethylcarbonyl group may be treated with potassium carbonate in an alcoholic solvent such as methanol to yield phenoxazines and phenothiazines 1.
  • the secondary amines 1 may be converted to a compound of formula 2 as shown in Stage 1.5.
  • These transformations may be carried out by reductive alkylation using a carbonyl compound and a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, or tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride. They may also be carried out by alkylation using an alkanyl, alkenyl or aralkyl halide and an organic or inorganic base.
  • the Q function in compounds 1 or 2 may be converted into group G, which may be -C(Z)NR 1 R 2 , an aryl substituent, or an appropriate heterocycle as defined herein, to give compounds of formula I.
  • the Q function is a halogen or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, it may be converted to an ester via alkoxycarbonylation using carbon monoxide, an aliphatic alcohol, a trialkanyl amine, and a palladium catalyst such as bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(ll)dichloride. Subsequently, when Q is an ester, the ester may be hydrolyzed to a carboxylic acid.
  • the carboxylic acid may then be coupled with ammonia, a primary amine, or a secondary amine to form a primary, secondary or tertiary amide, respectively.
  • the conversion of a carboxylic acid to an amide may be carried out via an acid chloride using thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, or the like, followed by a Schotten-Baumann reaction using ammonia or an amine in the presence of an alkali metal hydroxide.
  • the conversion of a carboxylic acid to an amide may be carried out via the use of peptide coupling agents such as 1 ,3- dicyclohexylcarbondiimide (DCC), O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1 -y ⁇ )-N,N,N',N'- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), O-benzotriazol-1-yl- ⁇ /, ⁇ /, ⁇ /', ⁇ /-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), or the like.
  • the ester may be converted directly to the amide by the action of a dimethylaluminum amide.
  • the Q function when it is a halogen or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, it may be converted directly to an amide via aminocarbonylation using a carbon monoxide source such as molybdenum hexacarbonyl, an appropriate amine, and a palladium catalyst such as Hermann's catalyst.
  • Synthesis of the nitrile may be accomplished by treatment of the compounds 1 or 2 (when Q is bromo or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy) with Zn(CN)2 and a palladium catalyst such as (Ph 3 P) 4 Pd or by treatment of the compounds 1 or 2 with CuCN at elevated temperatures.
  • the nitrile is treated with hydroxylamine under basic conditions to afford an oxime.
  • Treatment of the oxime with a primary or secondary amine, CuCI, and an alkali metal carbonate under microwave irradiation in an alcoholic solvent provides the amidino compounds of the present invention.
  • Microwave accelerated reactions may be performed using either a CEM Discover or a Personal Chemistry Smith Synthesizer microwave instrument.
  • the oxime described above is instrumental in the preparation of compounds wherein G is a heterocycle.
  • the oxime may be cyclized with a variety of electrophiles known to one versed in the art to give the heterocycles of the present invention.
  • reaction of an oxime with CDI provides oxadiazolones
  • treatment of the oxime with TCDI provides the corresponding oxadiazolethiones.
  • the treatment of the oxime with thionyl chloride in the presence of a tertiary amine gives oxathiadiazoles of the present invention.
  • compounds where Q is a halogen atom or a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group may participate in transition metal-mediated coupling reactions such as Suzuki, Stille or Negishi chemistry.
  • Desired end products of the present invention may include chemical modifications at R 4 .
  • Such transformations may include the dealkylation of lower alkyl ethers to give the corresponding alcohols using reagents such as boron trihalides.
  • Compounds where R 4 is a halogen atom may participate in transition metal-mediated coupling reactions such as Suzuki, Stille or Negishi chemistry.
  • a base such as potassium carbonate or sodium hydroxide
  • an organic solvent such as dimethyl formamide, dimethyl acetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide or the like as shown in stage 2.1.
  • substituents Xi and X 2 in this scheme may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy.
  • stage 2.2 the nitro functionality is reduced to the corresponding amine. This reduction can be accomplished via treatment with tin(ll) chloride in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol.
  • Stage 2.3 depicts the conversion of primary aniline 2.4 to secondary aniline 2.6, which can be accomplished via reductive alkylation using a carbonyl compound 2.5 and a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, or tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride.
  • Stage 2.4 depicts formation of compounds of formula 1.6, which can be accomplished by treatment of secondary aniline 2.6 with an appropriate base such as potassium carbonate.
  • Scheme 3 illustrates an alternative synthesis of compound 2.3.
  • Appropriate substituents X 1 and X 2 include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy.
  • Appropriate X 1 , X 2 and X 3 substituents may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy.
  • Scheme 6 illustrates an alternative approach to the synthesis of intermediates 2.6.
  • An appropriately substituted compound of formula 1.5 may be reacted with FVsubstituted ⁇ /1 -protected 4-aminopiperidines 1.1 in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd 2 (dba) 3 , a phosphine ligand and a base such as cesium carbonate as shown in stage 6.1.
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd 2 (dba) 3
  • a phosphine ligand such as cesium carbonate
  • Xi and X 2 substituents may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy.
  • Condensation of appropriately substituted compounds of formula 3.2 with R ⁇ -substituted ⁇ /1 - protected 4-aminopiperidines 1.1 may result in formation of intermediate 7.1 as shown in stage 7.1.
  • Appropriate X-i, Xz, and X 3 substituents may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy.
  • ring closure of compounds 7.3 may be accomplished in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd 2 (dba) 3 , a phosphine ligand such as 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (xant phos) and a base such as potassium tert-butoxide or cesium carbonate as shown in stage 7.3.
  • a palladium catalyst such as Pd 2 (dba) 3
  • a phosphine ligand such as 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (xant phos)
  • a base such as potassium tert-butoxide or cesium carbonate
  • Useful phenol or thiophenol protective groups for compounds 8.1 include lower alkyl groups, benzyl, trialkylsilyl and the like.
  • Appropriate X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 substituents may include halogens and thfluoromethanesulfonyloxy.
  • the resulting compounds 8.2 may be condensed with appropriately functionalized benzene compounds 3.2 to yield diarylanilines 8.3.
  • Stage 8.3 includes deprotection of the phenol or thiophenol protective group.
  • Such transformations may include the dealkylation of lower alkyl ethers to give their corresponding alcohols using reagents such as boron trihalides or the dealkylation of the alkyl thioethers using Na/NI-h.
  • a benzyl protective group may be removed under conditions of hydrogenation in the presence of a transition metal such as palladium.
  • Trialkylsilyl protective groups may be removed by treatment with a source of fluoride anion such as tetrabutyl ammonium fluoride, or by exposure to an inorganic acid such as aqueous hydrogen chloride and the like. Finally, ring closure of compounds 8.3 to phenoxazines or phenothiazines 1.6 may be accomplished via an Ullmann type transformation as shown in stage 8.4.
  • Scheme 9 illustrates another synthetic approach to compounds of formula 7.4.
  • Appropriate Xi and X 3 substituents may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy.
  • Reduction of compounds of formula 9.2 to amines of formula 9.3 as shown in stage 9.2 may be accomplished using tin(ll) chloride in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol.
  • Stage 9.3 depicts the conversion of primary anilines 9.3 to secondary anilines of formula 7.4 and can be accomplished via reductive alkylation using a carbonyl compound of formula 2.5 and a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, or tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride.
  • a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, or tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride.
  • Scheme 10 illustrates another synthetic approach to compounds of formula 9.2.
  • appropriately substituted 2-hydroxynitrobenzenes or 2-thionitrobenzenes of formula 10.1 may be caused to react with appropriately substituted compounds of formula 1.5 under Ullmann type conditions as shown in stage 10.1.
  • Appropriate X 2 and X 3 substituents may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy.
  • a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, or tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride.
  • Appropriate Xi and X 2 substituents may include halogens, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, and a nitro group.
  • an intermediate spiro compound of formula 11.3 may be formed.
  • the Q function of compounds of formula 2 may be converted into group G, which may be -C(Z)NRiR 2 , an aryl substituent, or an appropriate heterocycle as defined herein, to give compounds of formula 3.
  • group G which may be -C(Z)NRiR 2 , an aryl substituent, or an appropriate heterocycle as defined herein.
  • the Q function of compounds of formula 2 is a halogen or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, it may be converted to an ester via alkoxycarbonylation using carbon monoxide, an aliphatic alcohol, a trialkanyl amine, and a palladium catalyst such as bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(ll)dichloride.
  • Q is an ester
  • the ester may be hydrolyzed to a carboxylic acid.
  • the carboxylic acid may then be coupled with ammonia, a primary amine, or a secondary amine to form a primary, secondary or tertiary amide, respectively.
  • the conversion of a carboxylic acid to an amide may be carried out via an acid chloride using thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, or the like, followed by a Schotten-Baumann reaction using ammonia or an amine in the presence of an alkali metal hydroxide.
  • the conversion of a carboxylic acid to an amide may be carried out via the use of peptide coupling agents such as 1 ,3- dicyclohexylcarbondiimide (DCC), O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1 -y ⁇ )-N,N,N',N'- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), O-benzotriazol-1 -yl- ⁇ /, ⁇ /, ⁇ /',/V-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), or the like.
  • the ester may be converted directly to the amide by the action of a dimethylaluminum amide.
  • the Q function of compounds of formula 2 when it is a halogen or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, it may be converted directly to an amide via aminocarbonylation using a carbon monoxide source such as molybdenum hexacarbonyl, an amine, a base such as DBU, and a palladium catalyst such as Herrmann's catalyst.
  • a carbon monoxide source such as molybdenum hexacarbonyl
  • an amine a base such as DBU
  • a palladium catalyst such as Herrmann's catalyst
  • nitrile may be accomplished by treatment of the compounds of formula 2 (when Q is bromo or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy) with Zn(CN) 2 and a palladium catalyst such as (Ph 3 P) 4 Pd or by treatment of the compounds of formula 2 with CuCN at elevated temperatures.
  • a palladium catalyst such as (Ph 3 P) 4 Pd
  • the nitrile is treated with hydroxylamine under basic conditions to afford an oxime.
  • Treatment of the oxime with a primary or secondary amine, CuCI, and an alkali metal carbonate under microwave irradiation in an alcoholic solvent provides the amidino compounds of the present invention.
  • Microwave accelerated reactions may be performed using either a CEM Discover or a Personal Chemistry Smith Synthesizer microwave instrument.
  • the oxime described above is instrumental in the preparation of compounds wherein G is a heterocycle.
  • the oxime may be cyclized with a variety of electrophiles known to one versed in the art to give the heterocycles of the present invention.
  • reaction of an oxime with CDI provides oxadiazolones
  • treatment of the oxime with TCDI provides the corresponding oxadiazolethiones.
  • the treatment of the oxime with thionyl chloride in the presence of a tertiary amine gives oxathiadiazoles of the present invention.
  • An aryl substituent may be installed in place of the functional group Q by coupling compounds of formula 2 (when Q is bromo or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy) with a suitably substituted arylboronic acid in the presence of a palladium catalyst and an alkali metal carbonate.
  • Desired end products of the present invention may include chemical modifications at R 4 .
  • Such transformations may include the dealkylation of lower alkyl ethers to give their corresponding alcohols, using reagents such as boron trihalides.
  • Compounds where R 4 is a halogen atom may participate in transition metal-mediated coupling reactions such as Suzuki, Stille or Negishi chemistry.
  • the respective product of each process step be separated from other components of the reaction mixture and subjected to purification before its use as a starting material in a subsequent step.
  • Separation techniques typically include evaporation, extraction, precipitation and filtration.
  • Purification techniques typically include column chromatography (Still, W. C. et. al., J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 2921), thin-layer chromatography, crystallization and distillation.
  • the structures of the final products, intermediates and starting materials are confirmed by spectroscopic, spectrometric and analytical methods including nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), mass spectrometry (MS) and liquid chromatography (HPLC).
  • ethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran and dioxane are common examples of an ethereal solvent; benzene, toluene, hexanes and heptanes are typical hydrocarbon solvents and dichloromethane and dichloroethane are representative halogenated hydrocarbon solvents.
  • the free base may be obtained by techniques known to those skilled in the art.
  • the salt may contain one or more equivalents of the acid.
  • Enantiomers of the compounds of the present invention may be separated using chiral HPLC.
  • Boc terf-butoxycarbonyl
  • DIEA ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropyl- ⁇ /-ethylamine
  • HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1 -y ⁇ )-N,N,N',N -tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
  • HBTU O-benzotriazol-1 -y ⁇ -N,N,N',N -tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
  • the pellet was resuspended in the same volume of Tris buffer containing 5 mM MgC ⁇ with several brief pulses from a Polytron homogenizer. This particulate preparation was used for the delta opioid binding assays. Following incubation with the delta selective peptide ligand ⁇ 4 nM [ 3 H]DPDPE or 0.15 nM [ 3 H]naltrindole at 25°C for 2.5 h in a 96-well plate with total volume of 1 mL, the plate contents were filtered through Wallac filtermat B sheets on a Tomtec 96-well harvester. The filters were rinsed three times with 2 mL of 10 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), and dried in a 650 W microwave oven for 1.75 min twice. To each sample area 2 x 50 ⁇ L of Betaplate Scint scintillation fluid (LKB) was added and the radioactivity was quantified on a LKB (Wallac) 1205 BetaPlate liquid scintillation counter.
  • the pellet was resuspended in the same volume of Tris buffer containing 5 mM MgCI 2 with several brief pulses from a Polytron homogenizer. This particulate preparation was used for the mu opioid binding assays. Following incubation with the mu selective peptide ligand, -0.8 nM [ 3 H]DAMGO, at 25°C for 2.5 h in a 96-well plate with total assay volume of 1 ml_, the plate contents were filtered through Wallac filtermat B sheets on a Tomtec 96-well harvester. The filters were rinsed three times with 2 ml_ of 10 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), and dried in a 650 W microwave oven for 1.75 min twice. To each sample area 2 X 40 ⁇ l_ of Betaplate Scint scintillation fluid (LKB) was added and the radioactivity was quantifed on a LKB (Wallac) 1205 BetaPlate liquid scintillation counter.
  • LLB Betaplate Scint
  • NG108-15 cell membranes were purchased from Applied Cell Sciences (Rockville, MD). 8 mg/mL of membrane protein was suspended in 10 mM TRIS-HCI pH 7.2, 2 mM EDTA, 10% sucrose. Membranes were maintained at 4-8 0 C. A 1 mL volume of membranes was added into 10 mL cold binding assay buffer.
  • the assay buffer contained 50 mM Tris, pH 7.6, 5 mM MgCI 2 , 100 mM NaCI, 1 mM DTT and 1 mM EGTA.
  • the membrane suspension was homogenized twice with a Polytron, and centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 min. The supernatant was then centrifuged at 18,000 rpm for 20 min. Ten mL assay buffer was added into the pellet containing tube. The pellet and buffer were mixed with a Polytron.
  • CHO-hMOR cell membranes were purchased from Receptor Biology, Inc. (Baltimore, MD). About 10 mg/mL of membrane protein was suspended in 10 mM TRIS-HCI pH 7.2, 2 mM EDTA, 10% sucrose, and the suspension was kept on ice. A 1mL volume of membranes was added to 15 mL cold binding assay buffer containing 50 mM HEPES, pH 7.6, 5 mM MgCI 2 , 100 mM NaCI, 1 mM DTT and 1 mM EDTA. The membrane suspension was homogenized with a Polytron and centrifuged at 3,000 rpm for 10 min. The supernatant was then centrifuged at 18,000 rpm for 20 min.
  • the pellet was resuspended in 10 mL assay buffer with a Polytron.
  • the membranes were preincubated with wheat germ agglutinin coated SPA beads (Amersham) at 25 0 C for 45 min in the assay buffer.
  • the SPA bead (5 mg/mL) coupled membranes (10 ⁇ g/mL) were then incubated with 0.5 nM [ 35 S]GTPyS in the assay buffer.
  • the basal binding was that taking place in the absence of added test compound; this unmodulated binding was considered as 100%, with agonist stimulated binding rising to levels significantly above this value.
  • a range of concentrations of receptor agonist was used to stimulate [ 35 S]GTPyS binding.
  • % inhibition (% stimulation by 1 ⁇ M DAMGO - % stimulation by test compound) x 100 (% stimulation by 1 ⁇ M DAMGO - 100)

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Addiction (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The invention is directed to delta opioid receptor modulators. More specifically, the invention relates to tricyclic δ-opioid modulators. Pharmaceutical and veterinary compositions and methods of treating mild to severe pain and various diseases using compounds of the invention are also described in the Formula (I).

Description

TRICYCLIC δ- OPIOID MODULATORS
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims the benefit of U.S. application serial number 60/641 ,699, filed January 6, 2005, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR
DEVELOPMENT
The research and development of the invention described below was not federally sponsored.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The term "opiate" has been used to designate pharmacologically active alkaloids derived from opium, e.g., morphine, codeine, and many semi-synthetic congeners of morphine. After the isolation of peptide compounds with morphine-like actions, the term opioid was introduced to refer generically to all drugs with morphine-like actions. Included among opioids are various peptides that exhibit morphine-like activity, such as endorphins, enkephalins and dynorphins. However, some sources use the term "opiate" in a generic sense, and in such contexts, opiate and opioid are interchangeable. Additionally, the term opioid has been used to refer to antagonists of morphine-like drugs as well as to characterize receptors or binding sites that combine with such agents.
Opioids are generally employed as analgesics, but they may have many other pharmacological effects as well. Morphine and related opioids produce certain of their major effects on the central nervous and digestive systems. The effects are diverse, including analgesia, drowsiness, mood changes, respiratory depression, dizziness, mental clouding, dysphoria, pruritus, increased pressure in the biliary tract, decreased gastrointestinal motility, nausea, vomiting, and alterations of the endocrine and autonomic nervous systems.
When therapeutic doses of morphine are given to patients with pain, they report that the pain is less intense, less discomforting, or entirely gone. In addition to experiencing relief of distress, some patients experience euphoria. However, when morphine in a selected pain-relieving dose is given to a pain-free individual, the experience is not always pleasant; nausea is common, and vomiting may also occur. Drowsiness, inability to concentrate, difficulty in mentation, apathy, lessened physical activity, reduced visual acuity, and lethargy may ensue.
Two distinct classes of opioid molecules can bind opioid receptors: the opioid peptides (e.g., the enkephalins, dynorphins, and endorphins) and the alkaloid opiates (e.g., morphine, etorphine, diprenorphine and naloxone). Subsequent to the initial demonstration of opiate binding sites (Pert, C. B. and Snyder, S. H., Science (1973) 179:1011-1014), the differential pharmacological and physiological effects of both opioid peptide analogues and alkaloid opiates served to delineate multiple opioid receptors. Accordingly, three molecularly and pharmacologically distinct opioid receptor types have been described: delta, kappa and mu. Furthermore, each type is believed to have sub-types (Wollemann, M., J Neurochem (1990) 54:1095-1101 ; Lord, J. A., et al., Nature (1977) 267:495-499).
All three of these opioid receptor types appear to share the same functional mechanisms at a cellular level. For example, the opioid receptors cause inhibition of adenylate cyclase, and inhibition of neurotransmitter release via both potassium channel activation and inhibition of Ca2+ channels (Evans, C. J., In: Biological Basis of Substance Abuse, S. G. Korenman & J. D. Barchas, eds., Oxford University Press (in press); North, A. R., et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA (1990) 87:7025-29; Gross, R. A., et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA (1990) 87:7025-29; Sharma, S. K., et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA (1975) 72:3092-96). Although the functional mechanisms are the same, the behavioral manifestations of receptor-selective drugs differ greatly (Gilbert, P. E. & Martin, W. R., J Pharmacol Exp Ther (1976) 198:66-82). Such differences may be attributable in part to the anatomical location of the different receptors.
Delta receptors have a more discrete distribution within the mammalian CNS than either mu or kappa receptors, with high concentrations in the amygdaloid complex, striatum, substantia nigra, olfactory bulb, olfactory tubercles, hippocampal formation, and the cerebral cortex (Mansour, A., et al., Trends in Neurosci (1988) 11 :308-14). The rat cerebellum is remarkably devoid of opioid receptors including delta opioid receptors.
D. Delorme, E. Roberts and Z. Wei, World Patent WO/28275 (1998) discloses diaryl methylidenylpiperidines that are opioid analgesics, but does not disclose or suggest the compounds of the present invention.
C. Kaiser, and others (J. Med. Chem. 1974, Volume 17, pages 57-61 ) disclose some piperidylidene derivatives of thioxanthenes, xanthenes, dibenoxepins and acridans that are neuroleptic agents. These authors, however, do not disclose or suggest either the structure or the activity of the compounds of the present invention.
British Patent GB 1128734 (1966) discloses derivatives of 6,11-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]oxepine that are anticholinergic, anti-convulsive, muscle-relaxing, sedating, diuretic, and/or vasoactive agents. These, agents, however, differ significantly from the compounds of the present invention both structurally and pharmacologically.
There is a continuing need for new delta opioid receptor modulators as analgesics. There is a further need for delta opioid receptor selective agonists as analgesics having reduced side effects. There is also a need for delta opioid receptor antagonists as immunosuppressants, antiinflammatory agents, agents for the treatment of neurological and psychiatric conditions, agents for the treatment of urological and reproductive conditions, medicaments for drug and alcohol abuse, agents for treating gastritis and diarrhea, cardiovascular agents and agents for the treatment of respiratory diseases, having reduced side effects. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to compounds of Formula (I) and to compositions comprising one or more compounds of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000005_0001
Formula (I) vyherein:
G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, C-6-ioaryl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, furyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and pyridinyl; wherein the Cβ-ioaryl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, Ci-8alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, carboxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, Ci-salkanylcarbonylamino, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, oxo, thioxo, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-salkanylthio, Ci_8alkanylsulfonyl, Ci-8alkanylsulfonylamino, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, Ci-8alkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci_8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and Ci-6alkanyloxycarbonylamino;
Ri is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, and C2-8alkynyl;
R2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C-i-salkanyl; C2-8alkenyl; C2-8alkynyl; C-β-ioaryl; and C-i-scycloalkanyl; wherein C-i-8alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, amino, C1-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-6alkanyloxy, thioCi-6alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, chloro, cyano, aminocarbonyl, C-i-salkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, Ci-ealkanyloxycarbonyl, and aryloxy; and wherein any aryl-containing substituents and Ci-βcycloalkanyl substituents of R2 are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C-i-salkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, C-t-salkanyloxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, phenyl, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, Ci-salkanylthio, C-i-salkanylsulfonyl, and Ci-salkanylsulfonylamino; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5-7 membered cycloheteroalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-salkanyl, hydroxy(Ci-δ)alkanyl, hydroxy, amino, C-i-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, and halogen;
R3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C-i-salkanyl, haloi-3(Ci-8)alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, C3-8cycloalkanyl, cycloalkanyl(Ci-8)alkanyl, C1-8alkanyloxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, C1-8alkanylthio(Ci-8)alkanyl, hydroxyCi-8alkanyl, Ci-8alkanyloxycarbonyl, halo1_3(C1-8)alkanylcarbonyl, formyl, thioformyl, carbamimidoyl, phenylimino(Ci-8)alkanyl, phenyl(Ci-8)alkanyl, phenyl(Ci_8)alkenyl, phenyl(Ci-8)alkynyl, naphthyl(Ci-8)alkanyl and heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl; wherein phenyl, naphthyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyl, C2.6alkenyl, Ci-6alkanyloxy, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-βalkanylcarbonyl, Ci_6alkanylcarbonyloxy, Ci-ealkanylcarbonylamino, Ci-6alkanylthio, Ci-βalkanylsulfonyl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, fluoro(Ci-6)alkanyl, thioureido, and fluoro(Ci_6)alkanyloxy; alternatively, when phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with alkanyl or alkanyloxy substituents attached to adjacent carbon atoms, the two substituents can together form a fused cyclic alkanyl or cycloheteroalkanyl selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)3-5- , -O(CH2)2-4- , - (CH2)2-4θ -, and -O(CH2)i_3O-;
R4 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C-i-6alkanyl; C2-6alkenyl; C2-6alkynyl; aryl(C2-6)alkynyl; Ci-6aikanyloxy; amino; C-i-βalkanylamino; di(C-i-6alkanyl)amino; Cβ-ioarylamino wherein Cβ-ioaryl is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyl, Ci-6alkoxy, halogen, and hydroxyl; formylamino; pyridinylamino; Ci-6alkanylcarbonyl; Ci-ealkanylcarbonyloxyjC-i-ealkanyloxycarbonyl; aminocarbonyl; Ci-6alkanylaminocarbonyl; di(C-ι-6alkanyl)aminocarbonyl; C-i-ealkanylcarbonylaminosCi-βalkanylthio; Ci-βalkanylsulfonyl; halogen; hydroxy; cyano; hydroxycarbonyl; C6-ioaryl; chromanyl; chromenyl; furanyl; imidazolyl; indazolyl; indolyl; indolinyl; isoindolinyl; isoquinolinyl; isothiazolyl; isoxazolyl; naphthyridinyl; oxazolyl; pyrazinyl; pyrazolyl; pyridazinyl; pyridinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrrolyl; quinazolinyl; quinolinyl; quinolizinyl; quinoxalinyl; tetrazolyl; thiazolyl; thienyl; fluoroalkanyl and fluoroalkanyloxy; or optionally; when R4 is two substituents attached to adjacent carbon atoms, the two substituents together form a single fused moiety, wherein the fused moiety is -(CH2)3.5- , -O(CH2)2-4- , -(CHz)2-4O-, -O(CH2)1-3O-, or -S-C(NH2)=N-; Rs is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-6alkanyl, C2-6alkenyl, Ci-6alkanyloxy, amino, C1-6alkanylamino, di(Ci.6alkanyl)amino, Ci-6alkanylcarbonyl, Ci-6alkanylcarbonyloxy, Ci-6alkanyloxycarbonyl, Ci-6alkanylaminocarbonyl, Ci-6alkanylcarbonylamino, C-i-βalkanylthio, Ci-6alkanylsulfonyl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, fluoro(C-|.6)alkanyl and fluoro(C-|. β)alkanyloxy;
R6 is one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-6alkanyl, C-2-6alkenyl, Ci-6alkanyloxy, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci_6alkanyl)amino, Ci-6alkanylcarbonyl, Ci-6alkanylcarbonyloxy, Ci-6alkanyloxycarbonyl, Ci-6alkanylaminocarbonyl, Ci-βalkanylcarbonylamino, d-βalkanylthio, Ci-6alkanylsulfonyl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, fluoro(Ci-6)alkanyl and fluoro(Ci. 6)alkanyloxy;
Y is O or S;
Z is O1 S, NH, N(C1-6alkanyl), N(OH), N(OC1-6alkanyl), or N(phenyl); and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Finally, the present invention is directed to veterinary and pharmaceutical compositions containing compounds of Formula (I) wherein the compositions are used to treat mild to severe pain in warm-blooded animals.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
As used herein, the following underlined terms are intended to have the following meanings: "Cg^" (where a and b are integers) refers to a radical containing from a to b carbon atoms inclusive. For example, Ci_3 denotes a radical containing 1 , 2 or 3 carbon atoms
"Alkyl:" refers to a saturated or unsaturated, branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne. Typical alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl; ethyls such as ethanyl, ethenyl, ethynyl; propyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yI , cyclopropan-1-yl, prop-1-en-1-yl, prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl, cycloprop-1-en-1-yl; cycloprop-2-en-1-yl, prop-1-yn-1-yl, prop-2-yn-1-yl, etc.; butyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methyl-propan-1-yl, 2-methyl-propan-2-yl, cyclobutan-1-yl, but-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta-1 ,3-dien-1-yl, buta-1 ,3-dien-2-yl, cyclobut-1-en-1-yl, cyclobut-1-en-3-yl, cyclobuta-1 ,3-dien-1-yl, but-1-yn-1-yl, but-1-yn-3-yl, but-3-yn-1-yl, etc.; and the like. Where specific levels of saturation are intended, the nomenclature "alkanyl", "alkenyl" and/or "alkynyl" is used, as defined below. In preferred embodiments, the alkyl groups are (C-i -Cβ) alkyl, with (Ci-C3) being particularly preferred.
"Alkanyl:" refers to a saturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane. Typical alkanyl groups include, but are not limited to, methanyl; ethanyl; propanyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yl, cyclopropan-1-yl, etc.; butyanyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methyl-propan-1-yl, 2-methyl-propan-2-yl, cyclobutan-1-yl, etc.; and the like. In preferred embodiments, the alkanyl groups are (C-i-s) alkanyl, with (C1-3) being particularly preferred.
"Alkenyl" refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical having at least one carbon-carbon double bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkene. The radical may be in either the cis or trans conformation about the double bond(s). Typical alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl; propenyls such as prop-1-en-1-yl, prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl, prop-2-en-2-yl, cycloprop-1-en-1-yl; cycloprop-2-en-1-yl; butenyls such as but-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2~en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta~1 ,3-dien-1-yl, buta-1 ,3-dien-2-yl, cyclobut-1-en-1-yl, cyclobut-1-en-3-yl, cyclobuta-1 ,3-dien-1-yl, etc.; and the like.
"Alkynyl" refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkyne. Typical alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl; propynyls such as prop-1-yn-1-yl, prop-2-yn-1-yl, etc.; butynyls such as but-1-yn-1-yl, but-1-yn-3-yl, but-3-yn-1-yl, etc.; and the like.
"Heteroalkyl" and Heteroalkanyl" refer to alkyl or alkanyl radicals, respectively, in which one or more carbon atoms (and any necessary associated hydrogen atoms) are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatoms (including any necessary hydrogen or other atoms). Typical heteroatoms to replace the carbon atom(s) include, but are not limited to, N, P, O, S, Si, etc. Preferred heteroatoms are O, N and S. Thus, heteroalkanyl radicals can contain one or more of the same or different heteroatomic groups, including, by way of example and not limitation, epoxy (-O-), epidioxy (-O-O-), thioether (-S-), epidithio (-SS-), epoxythio (-O-S-), epoxyimino (-O-NR1-), imino (-NR'-), biimino (-NR'-NR1-), azino (=N-N=), azo (-N=N-), azoxy (-N-O-N-), azimino (-NR'-N=N-), phosphano (-PH-), λ4-sulfano (-SH2-), sulfonyl (-S(O)2-), and the like, where each R1 is independently hydrogen or (C-i-Cβ) alkyl.
"Parent Aromatic Ring System:" refers to an unsaturated cyclic or polycyclic ring system having a conjugated π electron system. Specifically included within the definition of "parent aromatic ring system" are fused ring systems in which one or more rings are aromatic and one or more rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, indane, indene, phenalene, etc. Typical parent aromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, trinaphthalene, and the like
"Aryl:" refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system. Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4- diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, trinaphthalene, and the like. In preferred embodiments, the aryl group is (C5-20) aryl, with (C5.10) being particularly preferred. Particularly preferred aryl groups are phenyl and naphthyl groups.
"Arylalkyl:" refers to an acyclic alkyl group in which one of the hydrogen • atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical. Typical arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl, 2-phenylethen-1-yl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-1-yl, 2-naphthylethen-1-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl and the like. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature arylalkanyl, arylakenyl and/or arylalkynyl is used. [In preferred embodiments, the arylalkyl group is (C6-26) arylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is (C-i-6) and the aryl moiety is (C5-2o)- In particularly preferred embodiments the arylalkyl group is (C-6-13), e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is (C1-3) and the aryl moiety is (C5-10). Even more preferred arylalkyl groups are phenylalkanyls.
"Alkanyloxy:" refers to a saturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon alcohol radical derived by the removal of the hydrogen atom from the hydroxide oxygen of the alcohol. Typical alkanyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, methanyloxy; ethanyloxy; propanyloxy groups such as propan-1 -yloxy (CH3CH2CH2O-), propan-2-yloxy ((CHs)2CHO-), cyclopropan-1-yloxy, etc.; butanyloxy groups such as butan-1 -yloxy, butan-2-yloxy, 2-methyl-propan-1 -yloxy, 2-methyl-propan-2-yloxy, cyclobutan-1 -yloxy, etc.; and the like. In preferred embodiments, the alkanyloxy groups are (Ci_s) alkanyloxy groups, with (C1-3) being particularly preferred.
"Parent Heteroaromatic Ring System:" refers to a parent aromatic ring system in which one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom. Heteratoms to replace the carbon atoms include N, O, and S. Specifically included within the definition of "parent heteroaromatic ring systems" are fused ring systems in which one or more rings are aromatic and one or more rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, arsindole, chromane, chromene, indole, indoline, xanthene, etc. Typical parent heteroaromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, carbazole, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazole, xanthene, and the like. "Heteroaryl:" refers to a monovalent heteroaromatic radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a parent heteroaromatic ring system. Typical heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from carbazole, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazole, xanthene, and the like. In preferred embodiments, the heteroaryl group is a 5-20 membered heteroaryl, with 5-10 membered heteroaryl being particularly preferred.
"Cycloheteroalkyl:" refers to a saturated or unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic alkyl radical in which one carbon atom is replaced with N, O or S. In certain specified embodiments the cycloheteroalkyl may contain up to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S. Typical cycloheteroalkyl moieties include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from imidazolidine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazolidine, pyrrolidine, quinuclidine, and the like. In preferred embodiments, the cycloheteroalkyl is a 3-6 membered cycloheteroalkyl.
"Cvcloheteroalkanyl:" refers to a saturated monocyclic or bicyclic alkanyl radical in which one carbon atom is replaced with N, O or S. In certain specified embodiments the cycloheteroalkanyl may contain up to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S. Typical cycloheteroalkanyl moieties include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from imidazolidine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazolidine, pyrrolidine, quinuclidine, and the like. In preferred embodiments, the cycloheteroalkanyl is a 3-6 membered cycloheteroalkanyl.
"Cvcloheteroalkenyl:" refers to a saturated monocyclic or bicyclic alkenyl radical in which one carbon atom is replaced with N, O or S. In certain specified embodiments the cycloheteroalkenyl may contain up to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S. Typical cycloheteroalkenyl moieties include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from imidazoline, pyrazoline, pyrroline, indoline, pyran, and the like. In preferred embodiments, the cycloheteroalkanyl is a 3-6 membered cycloheteroalkanyl.
"Substituted:" refers to a radical in which one or more hydrogen atoms are each independently replaced with the same or different substituent(s). Typical substituents include, but are not limited to, -X, -R, -O", =O, -OR, -O-OR, -SR, -S", =S, -NRR, =NR, -CX3, -CN, -OCN, -SCN, -NCO, -NCS, -NO, -NO2, =N2, -N3, -NHOH, -S(O)2O", -S(O)2OH, -S(O)2R, -P(O)(O-)2, -P(O)(OH)2, -C(O)R, -C(O)X, -C(S)R, -C(S)X, -C(O)OR, -C(O)O-, -C(S)OR, -C(O)SR, -C(S)SR, -C(O)NRR, -C(S)NRR and -C(NR)NRR, where each X is independently a halogen (preferably -F, -Cl or -Br) and each R is independently -H, alkyl, alkanyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylidene, alkylidyne, aryl, arylalkyl, arylheteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl or heteroaryl-heteroalkyl, as defined herein. Preferred substituents include hydroxy, halogeni Ci-8alkyl, d-salkanyloxy, fluorinated alkanyloxy, fluorinated alkyl, Ci-salkylthio, Cs-scycloalkyl, Ca-scycloalkanyloxy, nitro_ aminoi Ci-8alkylaminoi C-i-sdialkylamino, Cs-scycloalkylamino, CyBnO1 carboxy, C-i-T-alkanyloxycarbonyl, C-i^alkylcarbonyloxy, formyl, carbamoyl phenyl, aroyl, carbamoyl, amidino,
Figure imgf000014_0001
(arylamino)carbonyl and aryl(C1-8alkyl)carbonyl,
With reference to substituents, the term "independently" means that when more than one of such substituent is possible, such substituents may be the same or different from each other.
Throughout this disclosure, the terminal portion of the designated side chain is described first, followed by the adjacent functionality toward the point of attachment. Thus, for example, a "phenylCi-6alkanylaminocarbonylCi..6alkyr substituent refers to a group of the formula alkanyl
-C-I-6 alkanyl
Figure imgf000015_0001
Figure imgf000015_0002
An embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula (I) wherein the structure of Formula (I) is as defined below.
Figure imgf000015_0003
Formula (I)
The present invention is directed to analgesic and anti-pyretic uses of compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000015_0004
Formula (I) wherein:
G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, Cβ-ioaryl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of: imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, furyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and pyridinyl; wherein the C6-ioaryl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-8alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, C-ι-8alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, carboxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, Ci-salkanylcarbonylamino, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, oxo, thibxo, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-βalkanylthio, C-ι-8alkanylsulfonyl, Ci-8alkanylsulfonylamino, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, C-i-salkanylaminocarbonyi, di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and Ci-βalkanyloxycarbonylamino;
Ri is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, and C2-8alkynyl;
R2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci-8alkanyl; C2-8alkenyl; C2-8alkynyl; Cβ-ioaryl; and Ci-8cycloalkanyl; wherein C-i-8alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, amino, Ci_6alkanylamino, di(C-i_6alkanyl)amino, C1-6alkanyloxy, thioC-i-βalkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, chloro, cyano, aminocarbonyl, Ci_8alkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, Ci-6alkanyloxycarbonyl, and aryloxy; and wherein any aryl-containing substituents and Ci_8cycloalkanyl substituents of R2 are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C-i-8alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, Ci_8alkanyloxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, phenyl, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, Ci_8alkanylthio, C1-8alkanylsulfonyl, and Ci-8alkanylsulfonylamino; or R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5-7 membered cycloheteroalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-8alkanyl, hydroxy(C-i-8)alkanyl, hydroxy, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino , and halogen; R3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C-i-salkanyl, haloi-3(C-|..8)alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, C3-8cycloalkanyl, cycloalkanyl(Ci-8)alkanyI, Ci-8alkanyloxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, Ci-8alkanylthio(Ci-8)alkanyl, hydroxyCi-8alkanyl, Ci-salkanyloxycarbonyl, haloi-3(Ci-8)alkanylcarbonyl, formyl, thioformyl, carbamimidoyl, phenylimino(Ci-8)alkanyl, phenyl(C1-8)alkanyl, phenyl(Ci-8)alkenyl, phenyl(Ci_8)alkynyl, naphthyl(Ci-8)alkanyl and heteroaryI(Ci_8)alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl; wherein phenyl, naphthyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_6alkanyl, C2-6alkenyl, C1-6alkanyloxy, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-βalkanylcarbonyl, Ci-βalkanylcarbonyloxy, Ci-βalkanylcarbonylamino, Ci-6alkanylthio, Ci-βalkanylsulfonyl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, fluoro(Ci_6)alkanyl, thioureido, and fluoro(Ci_6)alkanyloxy; alternatively, when phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with alkanyl or alkanloxy substituents attached to adjacent carbon atoms, the two substituents can together form a fused cyclic alkanyl or cycloheteroalkanyl selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)3-5- , -O(CH2)2-4- , - (CHz)2-4O -, and -O(CH2)i-3O-;
R4 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci-6alkanyl; C2-6alkenyl; C2-6alkynyl; aryl(C2-6)alkynyl; Ci-6alkanyloxy; amino; Ci-6alkanylamino; di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino; Cβ-ioarylamino wherein C-β-ioaryl is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from the group consisting of d-βalkanyl, C-i-βalkoxy, halogen, and hydroxy; formylamino; pyridinylamino; Ci-6alkanylcarbonyl; C-|.6alkanylcarbonyloxy; Ci-6alkanyloxycarbonyl; aminocarbonyl; C^ealkanylanninocarbonyl; di(Ci.6alkanyl)aminocarbonyl; Ci-ealkanylcarbonylamino; C1-6alkanylthio; Ci-6alkanylsulfonyl; halogen; hydroxy; cyano; hydroxycarbonyl; C6-ioaryl; chromanyl; chromenyl; furanyl; imidazolyl; indazolyl; indolyl; indolinyl; isoindolinyl; isoquinolinyl; isothiazolyl; isoxazolyl; naphthyridinyl; oxazolyl; pyrazinyl; pyrazolyl; pyridazinyl; pyridinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrrolyl; quinazolinyl; quinolinyl; quinolizinyl; quinoxalinyl; tetrazolyl; thiazolyl; thienyl; fluoroalkanyl and fluoroalkanyloxy; or optionally, when R4 is two substituents attached to adjacent carbon atoms, the two substituents together form a single fused moiety, wherein the fused moiety is -(CH2)3-5- , -O(CH2)2-4- ■ -(CH2)2-4O-, -O(CH2)i-3O-, or -S-C(NH2)=N-;
Rs is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-6alkanyl, C2-6alkenyl, Ci-6alkanyloxy, amino, Ci^alkanylamino, di(Ci_6alkanyl)amino, Ci_6alkanylcarbonyl, Ci-6alkanylcarbonyloxy, Ci-βalkanyloxycarbonyl, C1-6alkanylaminocarbonyl, d-βalkanylcarbonylamino, Ci-6alkanylthio, Ci-6alkanylsulfonyl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, fluoro(Ci-6)alkanyl and fluoro(Ci- β)alkanyloxy;
Re is one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-βalkanyl, C2-6alkenyl, Ci-6alkanyloxy, amino, C<ι-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-6alkanylcarbonyl, C-i-ealkanylcarbonyloxy, Ci-6alkanyloxycarbonyl, C-i-βalkanylaminocarbonyl, Ci-ealkanylcarbonylamino, Ci-βalkanylthio, Ci-6alkanylsulfonyl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, fluoro(Ci-6)alkanyl and fluoro(Ci_ 6)alkanyloxy;
Y is O or S;
Z is O, S, NH, N(C1-6alkanyl), N(OH), N(OC1-6alkanyl), or N(phenyl); and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Embodiments of the present invention include compounds and compositions comprising compounds of Formula (I) wherein, preferably: a) G is -C(Z)N(Ri )R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8alkanyl, d-salkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, carboxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, Ci-salkanylcarbonylamino, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, oxo, thioxo, amino, Ci-6alkany!amino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-8alkanylthio, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, Ci-salkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-8alkanyI)aminocarbonyl, and Ci-βalkanyloxycarbonylamino; b) G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G (described herein) are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-4alkanyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci-4)a!kanyl, carboxy(Ci-4)alkanyl, Ci-4alkanylcarbonylamino, hydroxy, cyano, oxo, thioxo, amino, Ci-βalkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-salkanylthio, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, Ci-salkanylaminocarbonyl, and di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl; c) G is -C(Z)N(Ri )R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, thienyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G (described herein) are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci^alkanyl, Ci^alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci-4)alkanyl,
Figure imgf000020_0001
hydroxy, cyano, oxo, thioxo, and aminocarbonyl; d) G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl, wherein the phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-4alkanylcarbonylamino and oxo; e) G is N,N-diethyIaminocarbonyl, 2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, N-N- diethylamidino, pyridin-3-yl, 3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl, N- ethylaminocarbonyl, 1H-tetrazol-4-yl, pyridine-4-yl, 4/-/-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, N.N-dimethylaminocarbonyl, or pyrrolidin-1 -ylcarbonyl; f) Ri is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-4alkanyl; g) Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, and propyl; h) Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl; i) Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and ethyl; j) R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci^alkanyl; phenyl; and Ci-6cycloalkanyl; wherein C-ι-4alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, amino, Ci-βalkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, chloro, cyano, aminocarbonyl, C-i-salkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyi, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl-containing substituents and Ci-βcycloalkanyl substituents of R2 are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-8alkanyl, Ci-8alkanyloxy, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, fluoro, hydroxy, C-i-βalkanylthio, C-i-salkanylsulfonyl, and d-salkanylsulfonylamino; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5-7 membered cycloheteroaikyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci- 4alkanyl, hydroxy(Ci-4)alkanyl, hydroxy, amino, C-i-βalkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, and fluoro; k) R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-4alkanyl, phenyl, and Ci-6cycloalkanyl, wherein Ci^alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, C1-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, aminocarbonyl, Ci-salkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl-containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C-i-βalkanyl, C-|.6alkanyloxy, fluoro, hydroxy, and Ci-6alkanylthio; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5-7 membered cycloheteroaikyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-4alkanyl and hydroxy;
I) R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-4alkanyl and phenyl, wherein Ci-4alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, C-Malkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl- containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C-i-βalkanyl, Ci-6alkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci- 3alkanyl and hydroxy; m) R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-4alkanyl; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl ring optionally substituted with hydroxy; n) R2 is hydrogen or ethyl; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl ring optionally substituted with hydroxy; o) R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C-i-salkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, Ci-8alkanyloxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, Ci-8alkanylthio(Ci-8)alkanyl, hydroxyCi-salkanyl, thioformyl, phenylimino(Ci-8)alkanyl, phenyl(C1-8)alkanyl, and heteroaryl(Ci-8)alkanyl wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl; wherein phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of d-βalkanyloxy and hydroxy; or optionally, when phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with two substituents attached to adjacent carbon atoms, the two substituents together form a single fused moiety; wherein the moiety is selected from -O(CH2)1-3O-; p) R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, allyl, 2-methyl-allyl, propynyl, hydroxyethyl, methylthioethyl, methoxyethyl, thioformyl, phenyliminomethyl, phenethyl, and heteroaryl(Ci-8)alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl; wherein the phenyl in any phenyl-containing substituent is optionally substituted with one hydroxyl group; q) R3 is hydrogen, Ci-8alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, phenyl(Ci-8)alkanyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-8)alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, or thienyl; r) R3 is hydrogen, methyl, allyl, or heteroarylmethyl wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, and thienyl; s) R3 is hydrogen, methyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, or heteroarylmethyl wherein the heteroaryl is furanyl, imidazolyl, pyridinyl, or thienyl; t) R4 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci-6alkanyl; C1-6alkanyloxy; C6-ioarylamino wherein C6-ioaryl is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-βalkanyl, Ci-6alkoxy, halogen, and hydroxy; formylamino; pyridinylamino; aminocarbonyl; Ci-6alkanylaminocarbonyl; Ci-βalkanylcarbonylamino; halogen; hydroxy; C6-ioaryl; chromanyl; chromenyl; furanyl; imidazolyl; indazolyl; indolyl; indolinyl; isoindolinyl; isoquinolinyl; isothiazolyl; isoxazolyl; naphthyridinyl; oxazolyl; pyrazinyl; pyrazolyl; pyridazinyl; pyridinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrrolyl; quinazolinyl; quinolinyl; quinolizinyl; quinoxalinyl; tetrazolyl; thiazolyl; and thienyl; u) R4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
Figure imgf000023_0001
halogen, phenyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy; v) R4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, bromo, fluoro, α'- or β'-phenyl, α - or β'-pyridinyl, α - or β'-furanyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy; w) R4 is one substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxycarbonyl, and aminocarbonyl; x) R4 is one substituent and is hydrogen, methoxy, or hydroxy; y) R5 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and halogen; z) R5 is hydrogen; aa) Re is one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-βalkanyl,
Figure imgf000023_0002
Ci-6alkanyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, fluoro(Ci-6)alkanyl and fluoro(C-|.6)alkanyloxy; bb) Re is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-4alkanyl; cc) R6 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; dd) R6 is hydrogen; ee) Y is O or S; ff) Y is O; gg) Z is O, NH, N(C1-6alkanyl), N(OH), N(OCi-6alkanyl), or N(phenyl); hh) Z is O, NH, or N(OH); ii) Z is O or NH; jj) Z is O; kk) R4 is hydrogen and Y is O; II) R4 is α'-hydroxy and Y is O; mm) R4 is hydrogen and Y is S; nn) R4 is α'-hydroxy and Y is S; and combinations of a) through nn) above.
embodiment of the present invention is a compound of Formula (I) or a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) whereinOne embodiment of the present invention is a compound of Formula (I) or a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) wherein:
G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-βalkanyl, Ci-8alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci_8)alkanyl, carboxy(Ci_8)alkanyl, Ci-8alkanylcarbonylamino, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, oxo, thioxo, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, C1-8alkanylthio, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, C-i-βalkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and C-i-ealkanyloxycarbonylamino;
Ri is hydrogen or C1-4alkanyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci-4alkanyl; phenyl; and Ci-6cycloalkanyl; wherein C^alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, amino, C1-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, C1-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, chloro, cyano, aminocarbonyl, Ci-salkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and phenoxy; and wherein the phenyl and Ci-βcycloalkanyl substituents of R2 are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-8alkanyl, C-i-salkanyloxy, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, fluoro, hydroxy, Ci-8alkanylthio, Ci-βalkanylsulfonyl, and C-i-salkanylsulfonylamino; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5-7 membered cycloheteroalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci- 4alkanyl, hydroxy(Ci-4)alkanyl, hydroxy, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, and fluoro;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, Ci-8alkanyloxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, Ci-8alkanylthio(Ci-8)alkanyl, hydroxyCi-8alkanyl, thioformyl, phenylimino(C-ι-8)alkanyl, phenyl(Ci-8)alkanyl, and heteroaryl(Ci-8)alkanyl wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl; wherein phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyloxy and hydroxy; or optionally, when phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with two substituents attached to adjacent carbon atoms, the two substituents together form a single fused moiety; wherein the moiety is selected from -0(CH2)I-3O-;
R4 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci-6alkanyl; Ci-6alkanyloxy; Cβ-ioarylarnino wherein C6-ioaryl is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkanyl,
Ci_6alkoxy, halogen, and hydroxy; formylamino; pyridinylamino; aminocarbonyl; Ci-ealkanylaminocarbonyl; Ci-βalkanylcarbonylamino; halogen; hydroxy; Cβ-ioaryl; chromanyl; chromenyl; furanyl; imidazolyl; indazolyl; indolyl; indolinyl; isoindolinyl; isoquinolinyl; isothiazolyl; isoxazolyl; naphthyridinyl; oxazolyl; pyrazinyl; pyrazolyl; pyridazinyl; pyridinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrrolyl; quinazolinyl; quinolinyl; quinolizinyl; quinoxalinyl; tetrazolyl; thiazolyl; and thienyl; R5 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and halogen; Re is one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-6alkanyl, C2-6alkenyl, Ci-6alkanyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, fluoro(Ci-β)alkanyl and fluoro(Ci-6)alkanyloxy; Y is O or S;
Z is O, NH, N(C1-6alkanyl), N(OH), N(OC1-6alkanyl), or N(phenyl); and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound of Formula r a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) wherein: G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G (described herein) are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_4alkanyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci-4)alkanyl, carboxy(Ci-4)alkanyl, Ci-4alkanylcarbonylamino, hydroxy, cyano, oxo, thioxo, amino, C-i-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-8alkanylthio, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, C-i-8alkanylaminocarbonyl, and di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl; Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, and propyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C-|.4alkanyl, phenyl, and Ci-6cycloalkanyl; wherein C-i^alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, aminocarbonyl, C-i-salkanylaminocarbonyl, di(C-ι.8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl-containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-βalkanyl, C-i-βalkanyloxy, fluoro, hydroxy, and Ci-6alkanylthio; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci_3alkanyl and hydroxy;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, allyl, 2-methyl-allyl, propynyl, hydroxyethyl, methylthioethyl, methoxyethyl, thioformyl, phenyliminomethyl, phenethyl, and heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl wherein the phenyl in any phenyl-containing substituent is optionally substituted with one hydroxyl group;
R4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-4alkanyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, halogen, phenyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy;
R5 is hydrogen;
RQ is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-4alkanyl;
Y is O or S; Z iS O1 NH, or N(OH); and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds and to compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) wherein:
G is selected from -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, thienyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-4alkanyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci-4)alkanyl, Ci-4alkanylcarbonylamino, hydroxy, cyano, oxo, thioxo, and aminocarbonyl; Ri is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl;
R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
C1-4alkanyl and phenyl; wherein Ci-4alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl-containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-βalkanyl, Ci-6alkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci-3alkanyl and hydroxy;
R3 is hydrogen, methyl, allyl, or heteroarylmethyl wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, and thienyl;
R4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-4alkanyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, halogen, phenyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy; R6 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; Y is O or S; Z is O or NH; and enantiomers, diasteromers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound of Formula r a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) wherein:
G is selected from -C(Z)N(Ri )R2, 2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, 2-aminocarbonyl-phenyl, 1 H-tetrazol-4-yl, 2-methyl-tetrazol-5-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-thioxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]thiadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, [1 ,2,3,5]oxathiadiazol-2-oxo-4-yl, or pyridin-3-yl;
Ri is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci^alkanyl and phenyl; wherein Ci-4alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl- containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyl, Ci-βalkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, Ci_8alkanyloxy(Ci.8)alkanyl, Ci-8alkanylthio(Ci-8)alkanyl, hydroxyCi-salkanyl, thioformyl, phenylimino(Ci-8)alkanyl, phenyl(Ci_8)alkanyl, and heteroaryl(Ci-8)alkanyl wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, allyl, or heteroarylmethyl; wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, and thienyl; wherein phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyloxy and hydroxy; or optionally, when phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with two substituents attached to adjacent carbon atoms, the two substituents together form a single fused moiety; wherein the moiety is selected from -O(CH2)i-3O-;
R4 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-4alkanyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, halogen, phenyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy;
R5 is hydrogen;
RΘ is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl;
Y is O or S;
Z is O or NH; and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds and to compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) wherein:
G is independently selected from -C(Z)N(R-ι)R2,
2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, 2-aminocarbonyl-phenyl, 1 H-tetrazol-4-yl, 2-methyl-tetrazol-5-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-thioxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]thiadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, [1 ,2,3,5]oxathiadiazol-2-oxo-4-yl, and pyridin-3-yl;
Ri is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl;
R2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
Ci-4alkanyl and phenyl; wherein C1-4alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, and 2,6-dimethyl-phenoxy; and wherein the any phenyl-containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkanyl, Ci-6alkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci^alkanyl and hydroxy;
R3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]o!ioxol~5-ylmethyl, carbamimidoyl, 1-H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl, phenyliminomethyi, 1-prop-2-ynyl, thioformyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl-methyl, hydroxy-ethyl, methoxy-ethyl, 2-methyl-allyl, 2-methyl-but-2-enyl, allyl, furan-3-ylmethyl, H, Me, methylthioethyl, phenethyl, pyridin-2-yl methyl, and thiophen-2-ylmethyl;
R4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C-i^alkanyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, halogen, phenyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy;
R5 is hydrogen;
RQ is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl;
Y is O or S; and
Z is O or NH.
Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds and to compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) wherein: G is selected from -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, 2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, 2-aminocarbonyl-phenyl, 1 H-tetrazol-4-yl, 2-methyl-tetrazol-5-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-thioxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]thiadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, [1 ,2,3,5]oxathiadiazol-2-oxo-4-yl, or pyridin-3-yl;
Ri is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl;
R2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
Ci_4alkanyl and phenyl; wherein Ci-4alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, methoxy, hydroxy, and 2,6-dimethyl-phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl-containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyl, Ci-6alkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci_3alkanyl and hydroxy; R3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl, carbamimidoyl, 1-H-imidazol-4-yl methyl, phenyliminomethyl, 1-prop-2-ynyl, thioformyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl-methyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, allyl, furan-3-yl methyl, H, Me1 methylthioethyl, and phenethyl;
R4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, bromo, fluoro, a - or β'-phenyl, α - or β'-pyridinyl, a - or β'-furanyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy:
R5 is hydrogen;
R6 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl;
Y is O or S; and
Z is O or NH.
Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds and to compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) wherein: G is selected from -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, 2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, 2-aminocarbonyl-phenyl, 1 H-tetrazol-4-yl, 2-methyl-tetrazol-5-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-thioxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]thiadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, [1 ,2,3,5]oxathiadiazol-2-oxo-4-yl, or pyridin-3-yl;
Ri is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl;
R2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
Ci-4alkanyl and phenyl; wherein C-Malkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, methoxy, hydroxy, and 2,6-dimethyl-phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl-containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-βalkanyl, C-i-βalkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; alternatively Ri and R2 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C-i-3alkanyl and hydroxy;
R3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of H, benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl, 1-H-imidazol-4-yl methyl, furan-3-ylmethyl, pyridin-2-ylmethyl, and phenyliminomethyl;
R4 is a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, bromo, fluoro, α'- or β'-phenyl, a- or β'- pyridinyl, α- or β'-furanyl, aminocarbonyl; and hydroxy;
R5 is hydrogen;
Re is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl;
Y is O or S; and
Z is O or NH.
Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula (I) and to compostions compsiring compounds of Formula (I) wherein:
G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl, wherein the phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci.4alkanylcarbonylamino and oxo;
Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and ethyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
Figure imgf000034_0001
or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl ring optionally substituted with hydroxy; R3 is hydrogen, Ci-salkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, phenyl(C1-8)alkanyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-8)alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, orthienyl; R4 is one substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methoxy, hydroxy, hydroxycarbonyl, and aminocarbonyl; R5 is hydrogen; R6 is hydrogen; Y is O or S; and Z is O.
Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula (I) and to compostions compsiring compounds of Formula (I) wherein:
G is N.N-diethylaminocarbonyl, 2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, N-N- diethylamidino, pyridin-3-yl, 3-(S)-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl, N- ethylaminocarbonyl, 1/-/-tetrazol-4-yl, pyridine-4-yl,
4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl, or pyrrolidin-1 -ylcarbonyl;
Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and ethyl; R2 is hydrogen or ethyl; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl ring optionally substituted with hydroxy; R3 is hydrogen, methyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, or heteroarylmethyl wherein the heteroaryl is furanyl, imidazolyl, pyridinyl, or thienyl;
R4 is one substituent and is hydrogen, methoxy, or hydroxyl; R5 is hydrogen; R6 is hydrogen; Y is O or S; and Z is O.
Still further embodiments of the invention relate to compounds of Formula (I) and to compositions containing compounds of Formula (I) that are:
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-hydroxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-(1 -Benzylpiperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3,6-dicarboxylic acid 6- amide 3-diethylamide;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-hydroxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid dimethylamide;
3-[10-(1 -Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one;
10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine;
3-[10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one;
10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenothiazine;
10-(1 -Pyridin-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
N-[2-(6-Hydroxy-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-phenyl]- acetamide;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-7-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenoxazin-4-ol;
3-[10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one; 10-Piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine-3,6-dicarboxylic acid 6-amide 3- diethylamide;
N-[2-(10-Piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazin-3-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide;
N-[2-(10-Piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yI)-phenyl]-acetamide;
10~(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-7-bromo-1 OH-phenoxazine-4-carboxylic acid amide;
10-[1 -(1 H-lmidazol-2-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-1 OH-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-[1 -(3-Methyl-but-2-enyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
N,N-Diethyl-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxamidine;
N-(2-{10-[1 -(3-Methyl-but-2-enyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-1 OH-phenothiazin-3-yl}- phenyl)-acetamide;
[10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-(3-(S)- hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-methanone;
(3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)- 10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-methanone;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-7-bromo-1 OH-phenoxazine-4-carboxylic acid;
N-{2-[10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazin-3-yl]-phenyl}- acetamide;
10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine;
(3-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenothiazin-3-yl]-methanone; N-(2-{10-[1 -(1 H-lmidazol-2-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-1 OH-phenoxazin-3- yl}-phenyl)-acetamide;
N,N-Diethyl-10-(1-furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxamidine;
N-{2-[10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yI)-1 OH-phenothiazin-3-yl]- phenylj-acetamide;
N,N-Diethyl-10-(1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine~3- carboxamidine;
3-(10-Piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one;
N,N-Diethyl-10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3~ carboxamidine;
10-(1 -Thiazol-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
3-Pyrid i n-3-y I- 10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yI)-1 OH-phenothiazine;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid dimethylamide;
10-[1 -(lmino-phenyl-methyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-1 OH-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide;
N-{2-[10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-phenyl}- acetamide;
3-[10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carbonitrile;
[10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-(3-(S)- Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-methanone;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine;
10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-7-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazin-4-ol;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine; N-{2-[10-(1 -Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazin-3-yl]- phenyl}-acetamide;
N-{2-[10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yI)-1 OH-phenoxazin-3-yl]- phenylj-acetamide;
6-Methoxy-10-piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1-Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-[1 -(1 H-lmidazol-2-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid amide;
10-(1 -Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine-3- carboxylic acid ethylamide;
N,N-Diethyl-10-(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine-3- carboxamidine;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester;
10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10~(1-Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid;
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine-3-carboxylic acid ethylamide;
3-Pyridin-4-yl-10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid;
(3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-(10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazin-3-yl)- methanone;
N-{2-[10-(1 -Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazin-3-yl]- phenylj-acetamide;
3-Bromo-10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine;
[10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazin-3-yl]-pyrrolidin-1 -yl- methanone; 3-Bromo-10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-chloro-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine-3-carbonitrile;
10-(1 -Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
3~Chloro-6-methoxy-10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1-Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine;
N-{2-[10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazin-3-yl]- phenyl}-acetamide;
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid;
(3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-[10-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H- phenoxazin-3-yl]-methanone;
(3-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -methylpiperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazin- 3-yl]-methanone;
(3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazin-3-yl]-methanone;
(3-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenothiazin-3-yl]-methanone;
3-Pyridin-4-yl-10-(1 -thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine;
3-Bromo-10-(1 -methylpiperidin-4-yI)-1 OH-phenothiazine;
3-Pyridin-3-yl-10-(1 -thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine;
N-{2-[10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-phenyl}- acetamide;
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine-3-carbonitrile;
10-(1 -Benzylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-diethylcarbamoyl-1 OH-phenoxazine-4- carboxylic acid; 10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine; 3-Pyridin-3-yl-10-(1 -pyridin-2-yImethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine; 10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine; 7-Chloro-10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazin-4-ol; or 10-(1 -Benzoyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide.
Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I) wherein R4 is preferably substituted at the α- or β'-position of Formula (I).
Another embodiment of the present invention is a composition comprising the dextrorotatory enantiomer of a compound of formula (I), wherein said composition is substantially free from the levorotatory isomer of said compound. In the present context, substantially free means less than 25 %, preferably less than 10 %, more preferably less than 5 %, even more preferably less than 2 % and even more preferably less than 1 % of the levorotatory isomer calculated as. n . , (mass levorotatory)
% levorotatory = — x 100
(mass dextrorotatory) + (mass levorotatory)
Another embodiment of the present invention is a composition comprising the levorotatory enantiomer of a compound of formula (I) wherein said composition is substantially free from the dextrorotatory isomer of said compound. In the present context, substantially free from means less than 25 %, preferably less than 10 %, more preferably less than 5 %, even more preferably less than 2 % and even more preferably less than 1 % of the dextrorotatory isomer calculated as
. . , (mass dextrorotatory) . nn
% dextrorotatory = — x 100
(mass dextrorotatory) + (mass levorotatory) The compounds of the present invention may also be present in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. For use in medicine, the salts of the compounds of this invention refer to non-toxic "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" (Ref. International J. Pharm., 1986, 33, 201-217; J. Pharm.ScL, 1997 (Jan), 66, 1, 1). Other salts well known to those in the art may, however, be useful in the preparation of compounds according to this invention or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Representative organic or inorganic acids include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydriodic, perchloric, sulfuric, nitric, phosphoric, acetic, propionic, glycolic, lactic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, benzoic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, oxalic, pamoic, 2-naphthalenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, cyclohexanesulfamic, salicylic, saccharinic or trifluoroacetic acid. Representative organic or inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, basic or cationic salts such as benzathine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine, procaine, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc.
The present invention includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of this invention. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds that are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound. Thus, in the methods of treatment of the present invention, the term "administering" shall encompass the treatment of the various disorders described with the compound specifically disclosed or with a compound which may not be specifically disclosed, but which converts to the specified compound in vivo after administration to the patient. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs", ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.
Where the compounds according to this invention have at least one chiral center, they may accordingly exist as enantiomers. Where the compounds possess two or more chiral centers, they may additionally exist as diastereomers. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Furthermore, some of the crystalline forms for the compounds may exist as polymorphs and as such are intended to be included in the present invention. . In addition, some of the compounds may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents, and such solvates are also intended to be encompassed within the scope of this invention.
Where the processes for the preparation of the compounds according to the invention give rise to mixture of stereoisomers, these isomers may be separated by conventional techniques such as preparative chromatography. The compounds may be prepared in racemic form, or individual enantiomers may be prepared either by enantiospecific synthesis or by resolution. The compounds may, for example, be resolved into their component enantiomers by standard techniques, such as the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active acid, such as (-)-di-p-toluoyl-d-tartaric acid and/or (+)-di-p-toluoyl-l-tartaric acid followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the free base. The compounds may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides, followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, the compounds may be resolved using a chiral HPLC column.
During any of the processes for preparation of the compounds of the present invention, it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene & P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art. Even though the compounds of the present invention (including their pharmaceutically, acceptable salts and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates) can be administered alone, they will generally be administered in admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier, excipient or diluent selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical or veterinary practice. Thus, the present invention is directed to pharmaceutical and veterinary compositions comprising compounds of Formula (I) and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or diluents.
By way of example, in the pharmaceutical and veterinary compositions of the present invention, the compounds of the present invention may be admixed with any suitable binder(s), lubricant(s), suspending agent(s), coating agent(s), and/or solubilising agent(s).
Tablets or capsules of the compounds may be administered singly or two or more at a time, as appropriate. It is also possible to administer the compounds in sustained release formulations.
Alternatively, the compounds of the general Formula (I) can be administered by inhalation or in the form of a suppository or pessary, or they may be applied topically in the form of a lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder. An alternative means of transdermal administration is by use of a skin patch. For example, they can be incorporated into a cream consisting of an aqueous emulsion of polyethylene glycols or liquid paraffin. They can also be incorporated, at a concentration of between 1 and 10% by weight, into an ointment consisting of a white wax or white soft paraffin base together with such stabilizers and preservatives as may be required.
For some applications, preferably the compositions are administered orally in the form of tablets containing excipients such as starch or lactose, or in capsules or ovules either alone or in admixture with excipients, or in the form of elixirs, solutions or suspensions containing flavoring or coloring agents. The compositions (as well as the compounds alone) can also be injected parenterally, for example intracavernosally, intravenously, intramuscularly or subcutaneously. In this case, the compositions will comprise a suitable carrier or diluent. \
For parenteral administration, the compositions are best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example enough salts or monosaccharides to make the solution isotonic with blood.
For buccal or sublingual administration the compositions may be administered in the form of tablets or lozenges which can be formulated in a conventional manner.
By way of further example, pharmaceutical and veterinary compositions containing one or more of the compounds of the invention described herein as the active ingredient can be prepared by intimately mixing the compound or compounds with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques. The carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending upon the desired route of administration (e.g., oral, parenteral). Thus for liquid oral preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions, suitable carriers and additives include water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, stabilizers, coloring agents and the like; for solid oral preparations, such as powders, capsules and tablets, suitable carriers and additives include starches, sugars, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents and the like. Solid oral preparations may also be coated with substances such as sugars or be enteric-coated so as to modulate the major site of absorption. For parenteral administration, the carrier will usually consist of sterile water and other ingredients may be added to increase solubility or preservation. Injectable suspensions or solutions may also be prepared utilizing aqueous carriers along with appropriate additives. Advantageously, compounds of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily. Furthermore, compounds for the present invention can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal skin patches well known to those skilled in that art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
It is also apparent to one skilled in the art that the therapeutically effective dose for active compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof will vary according to the desired effect. Therefore, optimal dosages to be administered may be readily determined and will vary with the particular compound used, the mode of administration, the strength of the preparation, and the advancement of the disease condition. In addition, factors associated with the particular subject being treated, including subject age, weight, diet and time of administration, will result in the need to adjust the dose to an appropriate therapeutic level. The above dosages are thus exemplary of the average case. There can, of course, be individual instances where higher or lower dosage ranges are merited, and such are within the scope of this invention.
Compounds of this invention may be administered in any of the foregoing compositions and dosage regimens or by means of those compositions and dosage regimens established in the art whenever use of the compounds of the invention as analgesics is required for a subject in need thereof.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical or veterinary pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical and veterinary compositions of the invention. Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
The compounds of the present invention may be used to treat mild to severe pain in warm-blooded animals such as humans by administration of an analgesically effective dose. The dosage range would be from about 0.1 mg to about 15,000 mg, in particular from about 50 mg to about 3500 mg or, more particularly from about 100 mg to about 1000 mg of active ingredient in a regimen of about 1 to 4 times per day for an average (70 kg) human; although, it is apparent to one skilled in the art that the therapeutically effective amount for active compounds of the invention will vary as will the types of pain being treated.
For oral administration, a pharmaceutical composition is preferably provided in the form of tablets containing 0.01, 10.0, 50.0, 100, 150, 200, 250, and 500 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the subject to be treated.
Examples of pain intended to be within the scope of the present invention include, but are not limited to, inflammatory pain, centrally mediated pain, peripherally mediated pain, visceral pain, structural or soft tissue injury related pain, progressive disease related pain, neuropathic pain and acute pain such as caused by acute injury, trauma or surgery and chronic pain such as headache and that caused by neuropathic conditions, post-stroke conditions, cancer, and migraine.
Compounds of the present invention are also useful as immunosuppressants, antiinflammatory agents, agents for the treatment and prevention of neurological and psychiatric conditions, for instance, depression and Parkinson's disease, agents for the treatment of urological and reproductive conditions, for instance, urinary incontinence and premature ejaculation, medicaments for drug and alcohol abuse, agents for treating gastritis and diarrhea, cardiovascular agents and cardioprotective agents and agents for the treatment of respiratory diseases.
The compounds of the present invention are also useful in treating pain caused by osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, fibromyalgia, migraine, headache, toothache, burn, sunburn, snake bite (in particular, venomous snake bite), spider bite, insect sting, neurogenic bladder, benign prostatic hypertrophy, interstitial cystitis, rhinitis, contact dermatitis/hypersensitivity, itch, eczema, pharyngitis, mucositis, enteritis, cellulites, causalgia, sciatic neuritis, mandibular joint neuralgia, peripheral neuritis, polyneuritis, stump pain, phantom limb pain, post-operative ileus, cholecystitis, postmastectomy pain syndrome, oral neuropathic pain, Charcot's pain, reflex sympathetic dystrophy, Guillain-Barre syndrome, meralgia paresthetica, burning-mouth syndrome, post-herpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, cluster headache, migraine headache, peripheral neuropathy, bilateral peripheral neuropathy, diabetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, optic neuritis, postfebrile neuritis, migrating neuritis, segmental neuritis, Gombault's neuritis, neuronitis, cervicobrachial neuralgia, cranial neuralgia, geniculate neuralgia, glossopharyngial neuralgia, migrainous neuralgia, idiopathic neuralgia, intercostals neuralgia, mammary neuralgia, Morton's neuralgia, nasociliary neuralgia, occipital neuralgia, red neuralgia, Sluder's neuralgia, splenopalatine neuralgia, supraorbital neuralgia, vidian neuralgia, inflammatory bowel disease, irritable bowel syndrome, sinus headache, tension headache, labor, childbirth, menstrual cramps, and cancer.
In regard to the use of the present compounds in treatment of the disases or conditions such as those listed above, a therapeutically effective dose can be determined by persons skilled in the art by the use of established animal models. Such a dose would likely fall in the range of from about 0.01 mg to about 15,000 mg of active ingredient administered 1 to 4 times per day for an average (70 kg) human. GENERAL SYNTHETIC METHODS
Representative compounds of the present invention can be synthesized in accordance with the general synthetic methods described below and are illustrated in the schemes that follow. Since the schemes are an illustration, the invention should not be construed as being limited by the chemical reactions and conditions expressed. The preparation of the various starting materials used in the schemes is well within the skill of persons versed in the art.
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000048_0001
The preparation of compounds of this invention is illustrated in Schemes 1 through 11. The overall strategy in Scheme 1 is based on the synthesis of appropriately substituted compounds of formula 1.4 (Y =O, S) that are condensed with an appropriately substituted compound of formula 1.5. In compounds of formula 1.5, X2 and X3 can each be a halogen atom, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy or a nitro group. In stage 1.1 , an appropriately substituted Λ/1 -protected 4-aminopiperidine 1.1 is condensed with an appropriately substituted O-protected phenol (Y=O) or thiophenol (Y=S) 1.2. The protection group on the N1 nitrogen of 1.1 (represented as P) may include an alkanyl, alkenyl or aralkanyl group in which case they are the therapeutically useful products of this invention. The group P may also be trifluoromethylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl or aralkoxycarbonyl. Useful phenol or thiophenol protection groups (R) include lower alkyl groups, benzyl, trialkylsilyl and the like. Appropriate substituents on the protected phenol or thiophenol in the 2-position (X-i) may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy. The Q group in the 5-position may be a substituent such as fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, iodo, carboxy, or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy. Stage 1.2 includes removal of the phenol or thiophenol protective group. Such transformations may include the dealkylation of lower alkyl ethers to give their corresponding alcohols using reagents such as boron trihalides, or dealkylation of lower alkyl thioethers using reagents such as Na/NHβ. A benzyl protective group may be removed under conditions of hydrogenation in the presence of a transition metal such as palladium. Trialkylsilyl protective groups may be removed by treatment with a source of fluoride anion such as tetrabutyl ammonium fluoride, or by exposure to an inorganic acid such as aqueous hydrogen chloride and the like.
In stage 1.3, hydroxyaniline (Y=O) or thioaniline (Y=S) 1.4 may be condensed with an appropriately substituted benzene moiety 1.5. Substituents X2 and X3 may include halogens, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, or a nitro group. Useful coupling conditions of the anilino nitrogen with a compound of formula 1.5 include palladium catalyzed condensations in the presence of a phosphine ligand such as Pd2(dba)3 and a base such as cesium carbonate. Coupling of the hydroxy or thio moiety with the remaining substituted phenyl group may proceed using Ullmann type coupling conditions. In addition, the two steps described in stage 1.3 may be reversed with biaryl ether or biaryl thioether formation preceding the formation of the biaryl amine. Alternatively, the condensation between compounds of formula 1.4 and compounds of formula 1.5 to yield compounds of formula 1.6 in one step may be affected by treatment with an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate in a suitable solvent such as dimethyl formamide.
The regiochemical outcome of the condensation between compounds of formula 1.4 and compounds of formula 1.5 depends on the position of the R4 substituent in compounds of formula 1.5 and on the reaction conditions used for the condensation. An extensive review on this topic is available in the literature (see, for eample: The Smiles and Related Rearrangements of aromatic Systems' by W. E. Truce, E. M. Kreider, and W. W. Brand in Organic Reactions, 1970, Vol. 18, pp.99-215).
The protective group P can be removed to obtain secondary amines 1 as illustrated in Stage 1.4. These transformations may be carried out using certain acidic reagents such as hydrogen bromide or trimethylsilyl iodide. Phenoxazines (Y=O) or phenothiazines (Y=S) of type 1.6 bearing readily cleavable groups such as methyl, allyl or benzyl may be transformed into the aforementioned alkoxycarbonyl derivatives by treatment with alkanylchloroformates such as ethyl chloroformate or 1 -chloroethyl chloroformate and thus serve as sources of phenoxazines and phenothiazines 1. Phenoxazines or phenothiazines of type 1.6 bearing a trifluoromethylcarbonyl group may be treated with potassium carbonate in an alcoholic solvent such as methanol to yield phenoxazines and phenothiazines 1.
Finally the secondary amines 1 may be converted to a compound of formula 2 as shown in Stage 1.5. These transformations may be carried out by reductive alkylation using a carbonyl compound and a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, or tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride. They may also be carried out by alkylation using an alkanyl, alkenyl or aralkyl halide and an organic or inorganic base.
The Q function in compounds 1 or 2 may be converted into group G, which may be -C(Z)NR1R2, an aryl substituent, or an appropriate heterocycle as defined herein, to give compounds of formula I. When the Q function is a halogen or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, it may be converted to an ester via alkoxycarbonylation using carbon monoxide, an aliphatic alcohol, a trialkanyl amine, and a palladium catalyst such as bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(ll)dichloride. Subsequently, when Q is an ester, the ester may be hydrolyzed to a carboxylic acid. The carboxylic acid may then be coupled with ammonia, a primary amine, or a secondary amine to form a primary, secondary or tertiary amide, respectively. Alternatively, the conversion of a carboxylic acid to an amide may be carried out via an acid chloride using thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, or the like, followed by a Schotten-Baumann reaction using ammonia or an amine in the presence of an alkali metal hydroxide. Alternatively, the conversion of a carboxylic acid to an amide may be carried out via the use of peptide coupling agents such as 1 ,3- dicyclohexylcarbondiimide (DCC), O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1 -y\)-N,N,N',N'- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), O-benzotriazol-1-yl- Λ/,Λ/,Λ/',Λ/-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), or the like. Alternatively, the ester may be converted directly to the amide by the action of a dimethylaluminum amide.
Alternatively, when the Q function is a halogen or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, it may be converted directly to an amide via aminocarbonylation using a carbon monoxide source such as molybdenum hexacarbonyl, an appropriate amine, and a palladium catalyst such as Hermann's catalyst.
Alternatively, one may effect the transformation of the group Q to a substituent G (wherein G is an amidino or heterocycle) by way of a nitrile. Synthesis of the nitrile may be accomplished by treatment of the compounds 1 or 2 (when Q is bromo or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy) with Zn(CN)2 and a palladium catalyst such as (Ph3P)4Pd or by treatment of the compounds 1 or 2 with CuCN at elevated temperatures. For the synthesis of amidino functional groups, the nitrile is treated with hydroxylamine under basic conditions to afford an oxime. Treatment of the oxime with a primary or secondary amine, CuCI, and an alkali metal carbonate under microwave irradiation in an alcoholic solvent provides the amidino compounds of the present invention. Microwave accelerated reactions may be performed using either a CEM Discover or a Personal Chemistry Smith Synthesizer microwave instrument. The oxime described above is instrumental in the preparation of compounds wherein G is a heterocycle. The oxime may be cyclized with a variety of electrophiles known to one versed in the art to give the heterocycles of the present invention. For instance, reaction of an oxime with CDI provides oxadiazolones, and treatment of the oxime with TCDI provides the corresponding oxadiazolethiones. Similarly, the treatment of the oxime with thionyl chloride in the presence of a tertiary amine gives oxathiadiazoles of the present invention.
Alternatively, compounds where Q is a halogen atom or a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group may participate in transition metal-mediated coupling reactions such as Suzuki, Stille or Negishi chemistry.
Desired end products of the present invention may include chemical modifications at R4. Such transformations may include the dealkylation of lower alkyl ethers to give the corresponding alcohols using reagents such as boron trihalides. Compounds where R4 is a halogen atom may participate in transition metal-mediated coupling reactions such as Suzuki, Stille or Negishi chemistry.
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000052_0002
Stage 2.4_
Stage 2.3
Figure imgf000052_0003
Figure imgf000052_0004
Scheme 2 outlines an alternative approach to the synthesis of phenoxazines (Y=O) or phenothiazines (Y=S) 1.6. In this scheme, an appropriately substituted phenol (Y=O) or thiophenol (Y=S) of type 2.2 is reacted with an appropriately substituted benzene moiety 2.1 in the presence of a base, such as potassium carbonate or sodium hydroxide in an organic solvent, such as dimethyl formamide, dimethyl acetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide or the like as shown in stage 2.1. Appropriate substituents Xi and X2 in this scheme may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy. In stage 2.2, the nitro functionality is reduced to the corresponding amine. This reduction can be accomplished via treatment with tin(ll) chloride in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol. Stage 2.3 depicts the conversion of primary aniline 2.4 to secondary aniline 2.6, which can be accomplished via reductive alkylation using a carbonyl compound 2.5 and a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, or tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride. Stage 2.4 depicts formation of compounds of formula 1.6, which can be accomplished by treatment of secondary aniline 2.6 with an appropriate base such as potassium carbonate.
Figure imgf000053_0001
Scheme 3 illustrates an alternative synthesis of compound 2.3. In this approach, an appropriately substituted 2-nitrophenol (Y=O) or 2-nitrothiophenol (Y=S) may be condensed with an appropriately substituted benzene moiety of type 3.2 under Ullmann type coupling conditions. Appropriate substituents X1 and X2 include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy.
Figure imgf000053_0002
Stage 4.2
Figure imgf000053_0003
Scheme 4 illustrates an alternative approach to the synthesis of phenoxazines (Y=O) or phenothiazines (Y=S) 1.6. Condensation of appropriately substituted phenols (Y=O) or thiophenols (Y=S) 2.2 with an appropriately substituted benzene moiety 1.5 under UIImann type coupling conditions as shown in stage 4.1 may result in the formation of biaryl ethers (Y=O) or biaryl thioethers (Y=S) 4.1. Appropriate X1, X2 and X3 substituents may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy. Palladium catalyzed condensation of biaryl ethers or biaryl thioethers 4.1 with appropriately substituted Λ/1 -protected 4-aminopiperidines 1.1 in the presence of a phosphine ligand such as Pd2(dba)3 and a base such as cesium carbonate as shown in stage 4.2 may result in the formation of phenoxazines or phenothiazines 1.6.
Scheme 5
Figure imgf000054_0001
An alternative approach to the synthesis of intermediate 4.1 is depicted in Scheme 5 and is based on the reaction of appropriately substituted phenols (Y=O) or thiophenols (Y=S) 5.1 with an appropriately substituted benzene moiety 3.2 under UIImann type coupling conditions (stage 5.1). Substituents X1, X2, and X3 may include halogens or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy.
Figure imgf000054_0002
Scheme 6 illustrates an alternative approach to the synthesis of intermediates 2.6. An appropriately substituted compound of formula 1.5 may be reacted with FVsubstituted Λ/1 -protected 4-aminopiperidines 1.1 in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd2(dba)3, a phosphine ligand and a base such as cesium carbonate as shown in stage 6.1. Appropriate Xi and X2 substituents may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy. Compounds of formula 6.1 may then be reacted with appropriately substituted phenols (Y=O) or thiophenols (Y=S) 2.2 under Ullmann type coupling conditions to yield anilines 2.6 as shown in stage 6.2.
Scheme 7
Figure imgf000055_0001
Stage 7.2
Figure imgf000055_0003
Figure imgf000055_0002
Scheme 7 illustrates an alternative approach to the synthesis of phenoxazines (Y=O) or phenothiazines (Y=S) 1.6. Condensation of appropriately substituted compounds of formula 3.2 with Rβ-substituted Λ/1 - protected 4-aminopiperidines 1.1 may result in formation of intermediate 7.1 as shown in stage 7.1. Appropriate X-i, Xz, and X3 substituents may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy. Reaction of compounds 7.1 with appropriately substituted phenols (Y=O) or thiophenols (Y=S) 7.2 under Ullmann like coupling conditions may result in formation of compounds 7.3 as shown in stage 7.2. Finally, ring closure of compounds 7.3 may be accomplished in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd2(dba)3, a phosphine ligand such as 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (xant phos) and a base such as potassium tert-butoxide or cesium carbonate as shown in stage 7.3.
Scheme 8
Figure imgf000056_0001
Scheme 8 illustrates an alternative synthesis of phenoxazines (Y=O) or phenothiazines (Y=S) 1.6 and is based on an Ullmann-like coupling of R6- substituted Λ/1 -protected 4-aminopiperidines 1.1 with appropriately substituted and protected phenols (Y=O) orthiophenols (Y=S) 8.1 as shown in stage 8.1. Useful phenol or thiophenol protective groups for compounds 8.1 include lower alkyl groups, benzyl, trialkylsilyl and the like. Appropriate X1, X2, and X3 substituents may include halogens and thfluoromethanesulfonyloxy. The resulting compounds 8.2 may be condensed with appropriately functionalized benzene compounds 3.2 to yield diarylanilines 8.3. Stage 8.3 includes deprotection of the phenol or thiophenol protective group. Such transformations may include the dealkylation of lower alkyl ethers to give their corresponding alcohols using reagents such as boron trihalides or the dealkylation of the alkyl thioethers using Na/NI-h. A benzyl protective group may be removed under conditions of hydrogenation in the presence of a transition metal such as palladium. Trialkylsilyl protective groups may be removed by treatment with a source of fluoride anion such as tetrabutyl ammonium fluoride, or by exposure to an inorganic acid such as aqueous hydrogen chloride and the like. Finally, ring closure of compounds 8.3 to phenoxazines or phenothiazines 1.6 may be accomplished via an Ullmann type transformation as shown in stage 8.4.
Figure imgf000057_0001
Scheme 9 illustrates another synthetic approach to compounds of formula 7.4. Displacement of Xi in appropriately substituted compounds of formula 9.1 with appropriately substituted compounds of formula 5.1 as shown in stage 9.1 may lead to biaryl ethers (Y=O) and biarylthioethers (Y=S) of formula 9.2. Appropriate Xi and X3 substituents may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy. Reduction of compounds of formula 9.2 to amines of formula 9.3 as shown in stage 9.2 may be accomplished using tin(ll) chloride in an alcoholic solvent such as ethanol. Stage 9.3 depicts the conversion of primary anilines 9.3 to secondary anilines of formula 7.4 and can be accomplished via reductive alkylation using a carbonyl compound of formula 2.5 and a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, or tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride. Scheme 10
Figure imgf000058_0001
Stage 10.1
Figure imgf000058_0003
Figure imgf000058_0002
Scheme 10 illustrates another synthetic approach to compounds of formula 9.2. For construction of diaryl ethers (Y=O) and diaryl thioethers (Y=S) of formula 9.2, appropriately substituted 2-hydroxynitrobenzenes or 2-thionitrobenzenes of formula 10.1 may be caused to react with appropriately substituted compounds of formula 1.5 under Ullmann type conditions as shown in stage 10.1. Appropriate X2 and X3 substituents may include halogens and trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy.
Figure imgf000058_0004
11.3
Scheme 11 illustrates another synthetic approach to compounds of formula 1.6. Stage 11.1 depicts the conversion of appropriately substituted 2- hydroxyanilines (Y=O) or 2-thioanilines (Y=S) of formula 11.1 to compounds of formula 11.2, which can be accomplished via reductive alkylation using a carbonyl compound of formula 2.5 and a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, or tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride.
Appropriately substituted 2-hydroxyanilines or 2-thioanilines of formula 11.2 may be caused to react with an appropriately substituted benzene of formula 3.2 under Ullmann type conditions or under basic conditions such as potassium carbonate in DMF (when Xi= NO2) as shown in stage 11.3 to yield compounds of formula 1.6. Appropriate Xi and X2 substituents may include halogens, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, and a nitro group.
The regiochemical outcome of the condensation of compounds of formula 11.2 with compounds of formula 3.2 depends on the position of the Q substituent in compounds of formula 3.2 and on the reaction conditions used for the condensation. An extensive review on this topic is available in the literature (see, for eample: The Smiles and Related Rearrangements of aromatic Systems' by W. E. Truce, E. M. Kreider, and W. W. Brand in Organic Reactions, 1970, Vol. 18, pp.99-215).
In compounds of formula 11.1 where Y is sulfur, an intermediate spiro compound of formula 11.3 may be formed. Compounds of formula 11.3 may be converted to compounds of formula 11.2 (Y = S) by treatment with a hydride reagent such as lithium aluminum hydride or sodium borohydride.
In the above Schemes 1 through 11 , the Q function of compounds of formula 2 may be converted into group G, which may be -C(Z)NRiR2, an aryl substituent, or an appropriate heterocycle as defined herein, to give compounds of formula 3. When the Q function of compounds of formula 2 is a halogen or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, it may be converted to an ester via alkoxycarbonylation using carbon monoxide, an aliphatic alcohol, a trialkanyl amine, and a palladium catalyst such as bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(ll)dichloride. Subsequently, when Q is an ester, the ester may be hydrolyzed to a carboxylic acid. The carboxylic acid may then be coupled with ammonia, a primary amine, or a secondary amine to form a primary, secondary or tertiary amide, respectively. Alternatively, the conversion of a carboxylic acid to an amide may be carried out via an acid chloride using thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, or the like, followed by a Schotten-Baumann reaction using ammonia or an amine in the presence of an alkali metal hydroxide. Alternatively, the conversion of a carboxylic acid to an amide may be carried out via the use of peptide coupling agents such as 1 ,3- dicyclohexylcarbondiimide (DCC), O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1 -y\)-N,N,N',N'- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), O-benzotriazol-1 -yl- Λ/,Λ/,Λ/',/V-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), or the like. Alternatively, the ester may be converted directly to the amide by the action of a dimethylaluminum amide.
Alternatively, when the Q function of compounds of formula 2 is a halogen or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, it may be converted directly to an amide via aminocarbonylation using a carbon monoxide source such as molybdenum hexacarbonyl, an amine, a base such as DBU, and a palladium catalyst such as Herrmann's catalyst.
Instead of proceeding to compounds of formula 3 via an ester, one may effect the transformation of the group Q to a substituent G (wherein G is an amidino or heterocycle) by way of a nitrile. Synthesis of the nitrile may be accomplished by treatment of the compounds of formula 2 (when Q is bromo or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy) with Zn(CN)2 and a palladium catalyst such as (Ph3P)4Pd or by treatment of the compounds of formula 2 with CuCN at elevated temperatures. For the synthesis of amidino functional groups, the nitrile is treated with hydroxylamine under basic conditions to afford an oxime. Treatment of the oxime with a primary or secondary amine, CuCI, and an alkali metal carbonate under microwave irradiation in an alcoholic solvent provides the amidino compounds of the present invention. Microwave accelerated reactions may be performed using either a CEM Discover or a Personal Chemistry Smith Synthesizer microwave instrument. The oxime described above is instrumental in the preparation of compounds wherein G is a heterocycle. The oxime may be cyclized with a variety of electrophiles known to one versed in the art to give the heterocycles of the present invention. For instance, reaction of an oxime with CDI provides oxadiazolones, and treatment of the oxime with TCDI provides the corresponding oxadiazolethiones. Similarly, the treatment of the oxime with thionyl chloride in the presence of a tertiary amine gives oxathiadiazoles of the present invention.
An aryl substituent may be installed in place of the functional group Q by coupling compounds of formula 2 (when Q is bromo or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy) with a suitably substituted arylboronic acid in the presence of a palladium catalyst and an alkali metal carbonate.
Desired end products of the present invention may include chemical modifications at R4. Such transformations may include the dealkylation of lower alkyl ethers to give their corresponding alcohols, using reagents such as boron trihalides. Compounds where R4 is a halogen atom may participate in transition metal-mediated coupling reactions such as Suzuki, Stille or Negishi chemistry.
It is generally preferred that the respective product of each process step be separated from other components of the reaction mixture and subjected to purification before its use as a starting material in a subsequent step. Separation techniques typically include evaporation, extraction, precipitation and filtration. Purification techniques typically include column chromatography (Still, W. C. et. al., J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 2921), thin-layer chromatography, crystallization and distillation. The structures of the final products, intermediates and starting materials are confirmed by spectroscopic, spectrometric and analytical methods including nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), mass spectrometry (MS) and liquid chromatography (HPLC). In the descriptions for the preparation of compounds of this invention, ethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran and dioxane are common examples of an ethereal solvent; benzene, toluene, hexanes and heptanes are typical hydrocarbon solvents and dichloromethane and dichloroethane are representative halogenated hydrocarbon solvents. In those cases where the product is isolated as the acid addition salt the free base may be obtained by techniques known to those skilled in the art. In those cases in which the product is isolated as an acid addition salt, the salt may contain one or more equivalents of the acid. Enantiomers of the compounds of the present invention may be separated using chiral HPLC.
Representative compounds of the present invention can be synthesized in accordance with the general synthetic methods described above and are illustrated more particularly in the schemes that follow. Since the schemes are illustrations, the invention should not be construed as being limited by the chemical reactions and conditions expressed. The preparation of the various starting materials used in the schemes is well within the skill of persons versed in the art. Abbreviations
AcOH = acetic acid
Boc = terf-butoxycarbonyl
CH3CN = acetonitrile
DIEA = Λ/,Λ/-diisopropyl-Λ/-ethylamine
DME = dimethoxyethane
DMF = Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide
DMSO = dimethyl sulfoxide
Et ethyl
EtOAc = ethyl acetate h = hour(s)
HATU = O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1 -y\)-N,N,N',N -tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
HBTU = O-benzotriazol-1 -y\-N,N,N',N -tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
K2CO3 = potassium carbonate
Me = methyl min = minute(s) rt = room temperature
TFA = trifluoroacetic acid
THF = tetrahydrofuran EXAMPLES
Example A
Figure imgf000063_0001
1a
Figure imgf000063_0002
Procedure 1
3-(2-Bromo-phenoxy)-4-nitrobenzonitriIe, 1 a To a solution of 3-fluoro-4-nitrobenzonitrile (6.3 g; 37.93 mmol) and 2- bromophenol (4.4 ml_; 37.94 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added potassium carbonate (6.29g; 45.51 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 5 h at rt. Water (100 mL) was added, and a precipitate formed. The solid was separated via filtration, washed with water, and dried to yield 11.2O g (92.5%) of 3-(2-bromo- phenoxy)-4-nitrobenzonitrile, 1 a.
Procedure 2
4-Amino-3-(2-bromophenoxy)-benzonitrile, 2a
To a mixture of 3-(2-bromophenoxy)-4~nitrobenzonitrile, 1 (5 g; 15.67 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) was added tin(ll) chloride dihydrate (17.68 g; 78.36 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt overnight, and the solvent was removed via evaporation. Ethyl acetate (100 mL) and 1N NaOH (100 mL) were added, and the solvents were removed via evaporation. Ethyl acetate (200 mL) was added, and white solid formed. The solid was removed via filtration, washed with ethyl acetate, and. the combined filtrates were evaporated. The residue was purified via column chromatography (eluent gradient: 10% to 30% ethyl acetate in heptane) to yield 3.0 g (66%) of 4-amino-3-(2-bromophenoxy)- benzonitrile, 2a. MS m/z (MH+) 288.7/289.7.
Procedure 3
4-[2-(2-Bromophenoxy)-4-cyanophenylamino]-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 3a
To a solution of 4-amino-3-(2-bromophenoxy)-benzonitrile, 2a (0.8 g; 2.77 mmol) and 4-oxo-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1.1 g; 5.52 mmol) in dichloroethane (80 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.17 g; 5.52 mmol) and acetic acid (0.16 mL; 2.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at rt. An additional 4 equiv of sodium triacetoxyborohydride was added, and the mixture was heated to 90 °C for 5h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with ethyl acetate (15 mL) and treated with H2O (15 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was purified via column chromatography (eluent gradient: 0 to 30 % ethyl acetate in heptane) to yield 0.6 g (46%) of 4-[2-(2-bromophenoxy)-4- cyanophenylamino]-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 3a. MS m/z (MH+) 493.7.
Procedure 4
4-(3-Cyanophenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester,
4a
To a suspension of sodium hydride (0.11 g; 0.74 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added a solution of 4-[2-(2-bromophenoxy)-4-cyanophenylamino]~piperidine-1- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 3a (0.35 g; 0.74 mmol) in DMF (3 mL). The mixture was heated to 120 0C for 90 min and allowed to cool to rt. The mixture was poured into ice-water and a precipitate formed. The solid was separated via filtration, dried to yield 4-(3-cyanophenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 4a. MS m/z (M+Na) 413.9. The material was used as such for the next reaction.
Procedure 5
4-[3-(1H-Tetrazol-5-yl)-phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester, 5a
To a solution of 4-(3-cyanophenoxazin~10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester, 4a (0.29 g; 0.68 mmol) in DMF (7 mL) were added sodium azide (0.13 g, 2.0 mmol) and ammonium chloride (0.11 g; 2.06 mmol), and the mixture was heated at 120 °C for 16h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, and filtered. The filtrate was acidified with 1 N hydrochloric acid (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated, yielding 4-[3-(1/-/-tetrazol-5-yl)- phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 5a. MS m/z (M+Na) 456.9. The crude material was used as such for the next reaction.
Procedure 6
10-Piperidin-4-yl-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine, 6a To a solution of 4-[3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-phenoxazin~10-yl]-piperidine-1- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 5a (0.265 g, 0.61 mmol) in DMF (2 ml_) was added a 4N hydrochloric acid solution (4 ml_). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at rt. Another 4 ml_ of the 4N HCI solution was added, and the mixture was stirred for 16 h at rt. The solvent was removed via evaporation, and the residue was purified via reverse phase chromatography (eluent gradient: 10 to 40% acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% TFA) to yield 0.12g (44%) of 10-piperidin- 4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 335.0.
Procedure 7
10-[1 -(1 H-lmidazol-2-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine, 7a
To a solution of the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H- phenoxazine, 6a (40.7 mg; 0.091 mmol) and IH-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde (35 mg; 0.36 mmol) in dichloroethane (5 ml_) was added tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride (36 mg; 0.14 mmol). The mixture was heated to 80 °C for 15 hr in a sealed tube. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, and the solvent was removed via evaporation. The residue was purified via reverse phase HPLC (eluent gradient: 15 to 40% acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% TFA) to yield 3.1 mg (6.5%) of 10-[1-(1H-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-3- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 7a as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 414.9.
Figure imgf000066_0001
10-(1-Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H- phenoxazine, 8a Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 3- furyl carboxaldehyde for 1 H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde and sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride, the title compound 10-(1-furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H- phenoxazine, 8a was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 414.9.
Figure imgf000067_0001
10-(1-Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 9a
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting phenyl acetaldehyde for 1 H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, and sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride, the title compound 10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine, 9a was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 438.9.
Figure imgf000068_0001
10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine, 10a
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 2- pyridylcarboxaldehyde for IH-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, and sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride, the title compound 10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine, 10a was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 425.9.
Figure imgf000068_0002
10-Piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carbonitrile, 11a
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 6, substituting 4-(3- cyanophenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 4a for 4-[3- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 5a, the title compound 10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine-3-carbonitrile, 11a was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 291.9.
Figure imgf000069_0001
10-Piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid amide, 12a
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 6, substituting 10- piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine-3-carbonitrile, 11a for 4-[3-(1H-tetrazol-5~yl)- phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 5a, the title compound lO-piperidin^-yl-IOH-phenoxazine-S-carboxylic acid amide, 12a was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 309.9.
Example B
Figure imgf000069_0002
Procedure 8
4-[3-(Λ/-Hydroxycarbamimidoyl)-phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1b To a solution of 4-(3-cyanophenoxazin~10~yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester, 4a (130 mg; 0.33 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) was added ammonium hydroxide hydrochloride (69 mg; 0.99 mmol) and potassium carbonate (91 mg; 0.66 mmol), and the mixture was heated to reflux for 16 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, water (5 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 5 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated, yielding 4-[3-(Λ/-hydroxycarbamimidoyl)- phenoxazin-10-yl]~piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1b. The crude material was used as such in the next reaction. MS m/z (M+Na) 473.
Procedure 9
3-(10-Piperϊdin-4-yM 0H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one,
2b
To a solution of 4-[3-(Λ/-hydroxycarbamimidoyl)-phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1b (0.13 g; 0.31 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) was added 1 ,1'~carbonyldiimidazole (75 mg; 0.46 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 110 0C for 4 hr. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, and treated with 4N HCI in dioxane (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 16 hr and evaporated. The residue was suspended in methanol, and the solid was removed via filtration. The filtrate was purified via reverse phase HPLC (eluent gradient: 20 to 40% CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA) to yield 8.8 mg (14.4%) of 3-(10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5- one, 2b as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 351.1.
3-[10-(1-Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4W-
[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3b
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of 3-(10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5- one, 2b for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1/-/-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H- phenoxazine, 6a, 3-furyl carboxaldehyde for IH-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde and sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride, the title compound 3-[10-(1~furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4- yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3b was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 438.8.
Figure imgf000071_0001
3-[10-(1-Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H- [1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 4b
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of 3-(10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5- one, 2b for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine, 6a, phenyl acetaldehyde for 1H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde and sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride, the title compound 3-[10-(1-phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 4b was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 454.8.
Figure imgf000071_0002
3-[10-(1 -Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazin-3-yl]- 4H-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 5b
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of 3-(10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5- one, 2b for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H- phenoxazine, 6a, 2-thiophene carboxaldehyde for 1H-imidazole-2- carboxaldehyde and sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride, the title compound 3-[10-(1-thiophen~2-ylmethyl- piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4/-/-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 5b was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 446.9.
Figure imgf000072_0001
3-[10-(1-Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 6b
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of 3-(10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5- one, 2b for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine, 6a, 2-pyridylcarboxaldehyde for 1 /-/-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde and sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride, the title compound 3~[10-(1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin- 4-yl)-10/-/-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 6b was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 441.9.
Example C
Figure imgf000073_0001
Procedure 10
^[S-tΛ/jW-Diethyl-carbamimidoylJ-phenoxazin-IO-yll-piperidine-i- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1c
To a solution of methylmagnesium bromide in diethyl ether (3.0 M, 2.4 ml_) under a N2 atmosphere was added dropwise a solution of diethylamine (0.8 mL; 7.68 mmol) in diethyl ether (2 ml_). The mixture was heated to reflux for 30 min and allowed to cool to rt. A suspension of 4-(3-cyanophenoxazin-10-yl)- piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 4a (1 g; 2.55 mmol) in diethyl ether (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h. Water (10 mL) was added, and the organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform (2 x 10 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was used as such for the next reaction. MS m/z (MH+) 465.0.
Λ/,Λ/-Diethyl-10-piperidin-4-yl-10/Y-phenoxazine-3-carboxamidine, 2c
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 6, substituting 4-[3- (Λ/,/V-diethylcarbamimidoyl)-phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester, 1c, for 4-[3-(1H-tetrazoI-5-yl)-phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 5a, and dioxane for DMF, the title compound Λ/,Λ/-diethyl-10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxamidine, 2c was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent gradient: 10 to 35% CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 365.2.
W,W-Diethyl-10-(1-furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine- 3-carboxamidine, 3c
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of Λ/,/V-diethyl-10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxamidine, 2c for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 3-furyl carboxaldehyde for 1 H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde and sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride, the title compound Λ/,Λ/-diethyl-10-(1-furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine- 3-carboxamidine, 3c was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 444.9.
Figure imgf000074_0001
W,W-Diethyl-10-(1-phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxamidine, 4c
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of A/,Λ/-diethyl-10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxamidine, 2c for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, phenyl acetaldehyde for 1 H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde and sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride, the title compound Λ/,Λ/-diethyl-10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3- carboxamidine, 4c was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 468.9.
Figure imgf000075_0001
N, tø-Dϊethyl-10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine-3-carboxamidine, 5c
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of Λ/,Λ/-diethyl-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxamidine, 2c for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1/-/-tetrazol-5-yl)-10/-/-phenoxazine, 6a, 2-pyridylcarboxaldehyde for 1 H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde and sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride, the title compound Λ/,Λ/-diethyl-10-(1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H- phenoxazine-3-carboxamidine, 5c was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 456.
EXAMPLE D
Figure imgf000076_0001
-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-ylamino)-3-hydroxy-benzolc acid methyl ester, 1d Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 4- amino-3-hydroxy-benzoic acid methyl ester for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yi- 3-(1/-/-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 1-benzyl~piperidin-4-one for 1H- imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, and sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride, the title compound 4-(1-benzyl- piperidin-4-ylamino)-3-hydroxy-benzoic acid methyl ester, 1d was obtained.
10-(1-Benzyl-piperid!n-4-yl)-6-methoxy-10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester, 2d
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 1, substituting 4-(1- benzyl-piperidin-4-ylamino)-3-hydroxy-benzoic acid methyl ester, 1d for 2- bromophenol, and 1-fluoro-3-methoxy-2-nitrobenzene for 3-fluoro-4- nitrobenzonitrile, the title compound 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy- 10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester, 2d was obtained.
Procedure 11 lO-ti-Benzyl-piperidin^-ylJ-β-methoxy-IOW-phenoxazine-S-carboxylic acid, 3d
To a solution of 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid methyl ester, 2d (270 mg, 0.7 mmol) in dioxane (15 ml_) was added sodium hydroxide (31 mg, 0.77 mmol) and the mixture was heated to reflux for 4 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, water (15 ml_) was added, and the solution was acidified with 1 N HCI to pH 2. The mixture was extracted with methylene chloride, the organic phase was separated, dried, and evaporated to yield 245 mg (94%) of title compound 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4- yl)~6-methoxy-10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid, 3d.
Procedure 12 lO-ti-Benzyl-piperidin^-yO-e-methoxy-IOH-phenoxazine-S-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4d and 10-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-10H- phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid dimethylamide, 5d To a solution of 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid, 3d (240 mg, 0.56 mmol) in DMF was added HATU (424 mg, 1.11 mmol), Λ/,Λ/-diisopropyl-Λ/-ethylamine (115 mg, 1.12 mmol), and N3N- diethylamine (82 mg, 1.12 mmol). The mixture was allowed to stir overnight at it Water (5 ml_) was added, and the solution was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated, dried, and evaporated. The residue was purified via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA) to yield 93.3 mg (28%) of 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6~methoxy-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4d and 91.4 mg (29%) of 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin- 4-yl)-6-methoxy-10/-/-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid dimethylamide, 5d, both as TFA salts (presence of 5d is presumably due to /V,Λ/-dimethylamine present in DMF). 4d: MS m/z (MH+) 486.0; 5d: MS m/z (MH+) 458.8.
Procedure 13
10-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-hydroxy-10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 6d
To a solution of 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4d (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) in methylene chloride (2 ml_) at 0 0C was added a 1 M solution of boron tribromide in methylene chloride (0.8 mL, 0.8 mmol). The mixture was allowed to stir for 15 min at rt, followed by stirring at rt for 4 h. A saturated NaHCO3 solution and methylene chloride were added, and the organic phase was separated. The organic phase was dried, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was purified via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA) to yield 17 mg (29%) of title compound 10-(1 -benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-hydroxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide, 6d as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 471.0.
Figure imgf000079_0001
10-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-hydroxy-10f/-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid dimethylamide, 7d
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 13, substituting 10- (1 -benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid dimethylamide, 5d for 10-(1-benzyI-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-10H- phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4d, the title compound 10-(1- benzyl-piperidin^-yO-δ-hydroxy-IOH-phenoxazine-S-carboxylic acid dimethylamide, 7d was obtained as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 443.9.
EXAMPLE E
Figure imgf000080_0001
4-Bromo-2-(2-bromophenylsulfanyl)-nitrobenzene, 1 e
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 1 , substituting 2- bromothiophenol for 2-bromophenol and 2-fluoro-4-bromonitrobenzene for 3- fluoro-4-nitrobenzonitrile, the title compound 4-bromo-2-(2- bromophenylsulfanyl)-nitrobenzene, 1e was obtained. Procedure 14
4-Bromo-2-(2-bromophenylsulfanyl)-aniline, 2e
To a mixture of 4-bromo-2-(2-bromophenylsulfanyl)-nitrobenzene, 1e (15.56 g; 40 mmol) in acetic acid (200 mL) and methanol (400 ml_) was added zinc (15.7 g; 240 mmol) over a 30 min period. The mixture was heated to 40 0C for 1 h overnight, filtered, evaporated, and dried under vacuum overnight. The residue was suspended in 1 N NaOH solution and extracted with methylene chloride. The organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was purified via flash column chromatography (eluent gradient: 0 to 10% EtOAc in heptane) to yield 14.2 g (99%) of title compound 4-bromo-2-(2- bromophenylsulfanyl)-aniline, 2e.
[4-Bromo-2-(2-bromophenyIsulfanyl)-phenyl]-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)- amine, 3e
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 3, substituting 4- bromo-2-(2-bromophenylsulfanyl)-aniline, 2e for 4-amino-3-(2-bromophenoxy)- benzonitrile, 2a, and 1-methylpiperidin-4-one for 4-oxo-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, the title compound [4-bromo-2-(2-bromophenylsulfanyl)- phenyl]-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-amine, 3e was obtained.
3-Bromo-10-(1 -methylpiperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine, 4e
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 4, substituting [4- bromo-2-(2-bromophenylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-amine, 3e for 4-[2-(2-bromophenoxy)-4-cyanophenylamino]-piperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 3a, the title compound 3-bromo-10-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)- 10H-phenothiazine, 4e was obtained. MS m/z (MH+) 375.1/377.1.
Procedure 15
3-Bromo-10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine, 5e
To a solution of 3-bromo-10-(1~methylpiperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine, 4e (0.6 g, 1.6 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (10 mL) was added 1-chloroethyl chloroformate (276 μl_, 2.6 mmol). The mixture was heated to reflux for 1 h, allowed to cool to rt, and evaporated. The residue was dissolved in methanol (10 ml_) and heated to reflux for 1 h. Treatment with 1 -chloroethyl chloroformate was repeated three more times to obtain 2/3 conversion. After work-up, the residue was purified via flash column chromatography (eluent gradient: 0 to 30% MeOH in EtOAc containing 1% triethylamine) to yield 150 mg of recovered starting material 4e and 382 mg (66%) of title compound 3- bromo-10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine, 5e. MS m/z (MH+) 401.1/403.1.
Procedure 16
10-Piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine, 6e
A mixture of 3-bromo-10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine, 5e (10.5 mg, 0.029 mmol), 3-pyridyl boronic acid (10.7 mg, 0.087 mmol), potassium carbonate (12 mg, 0.087 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (3 mg, 2.5 μmol) in NMP (300 μl_) was heated to 160 0C for 10 min in a microwave. The mixture was absorbed onto a 1 g SPE cartridge and eluted (eluent: 10% methanol in ethyl acetate containing 1% triethylamine). The eluent (~15 mL) was collected and evaporated. The residue was purified via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% TFA) to yield title compound 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-3-yl- 10H-phenothiazine, 6e as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 360.2.
EXAMPLE F
Figure imgf000083_0001
Procedure 17
3-Bromo-10-(1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothϊazine,
1f
To a solution of 3-bromo-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazine, 5e (10.5 mg; 0.029 mmol) and 2-pyridyl carboxaldehyde (9.3 mg; 0.087 mmol) in dichloroethane (120 μl_) was added acetic acid (5 μl_) and a solution of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (12 mg, 0.057 mmol) in DMF (100 μl_). The mixture was stirred at rt for 18 h, quenched with water (50 μl_), and lyophilized. The thus obtained crude 3-bromo-10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenothiazine, 1f was used as such for the next reaction.
3-Pyrϊdin-3-yl-10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenothiazine, 2f
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 16, substituting 3- bromo-10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine, 1f for 3- bromo-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazine, 5e, the title compound 3-pyridin-3- yl-10-(1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazine, 2f was obtained as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 451.2.
Figure imgf000084_0001
3-Bromo-10-(1-thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H- phenothiazine, 3f
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 17, substituting 2- thiophene carboxaldehyde for 2-pyridyl carboxaldehyde and without adding acetic acid, the title compound 3-bromo-10-(1-thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4- yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine, 3f was obtained. MS m/z (MH+) 441.0.
Figure imgf000084_0002
3-Bromo-10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine, 4f
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 17, substituting phenyl acetaldehyde for 2-pyridyl carboxaldehyde and without adding acetic acid, the title compound 3-bromo-10-(1-phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenothiazine, 4f was obtained. MS m/z (MH+) 465.1. EXAMPLE G
Figure imgf000085_0001
10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine, 1 g
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 16, substituting 3- bromo-10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine, 4f for 3-bromo-10- piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine, 5e the title compound 10-(1-phenethyl- piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine, 1g was obtained as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 464.2.
Figure imgf000085_0002
10-(1-Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine, 2g
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 16, substituting 3- bromo-10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine, 4f for 3-bromo-10- piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine, 5e and 4-pyridyl boronic acid for 3-pyridyl boronic acid in Procedure 16, the title compound 10-(1-phenethyl-piperidin-4- yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine, 2g was obtained as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 464.2.
Figure imgf000086_0001
10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH- phenothiazine, 3g
Using an adaptation of the methods described in Procedures 16 and 17, substituting 3-furyi carboxaldehyde for 2-pyridyl carboxaldehyde in Procedure 17, and 4-pyridyl boronic acid for 3-pyridyl boronic acid in Procedure 16, the title compound 10-(1 -furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH- phenothiazine, 3g was obtained as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 440.2.
Figure imgf000086_0002
Λ/-{2-[10-(1-Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazin-3-yl]-phenyl}- acetamide, 4g
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 16, substituting 3- bromo-10-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-10/-/-phenothiazine, 4e for 3-bromo-10- piperidin-4-yl-10/-/-phenothiazine, 5e and 2-acetylaminophenyl boronic acid for 3-pyridyl boronic acid, the title compound Λ/-{2-[10-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)- 10H-phenothiazin-3-yl]-phenyl}-acetamide, 4g was obtained as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 430.2.
Figure imgf000087_0001
/V-[2-(10-Piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazϊn-3-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide,
5g
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 16, substituting 2- acetylaminophenyl boronic acid for 3-pyridyl boronic acid, the title compound N- [2-(10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazin-3-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide, 5g was obtained as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 416.2.
Figure imgf000087_0002
W-{2-[10-(1-Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazin-3- yl]-phenyl}-acetamide, 6g
Using an adaptation of the methods described in Procedures 16 and 17, substituting 2-acetylaminophenyl boronic acid for 3-pyridyl boronic acid in Procedure 16, the title compound Λ/-{2-[10-(1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)- 10H-phenothiazin-3-yl]-phenyl}-acetamide, 6g was obtained as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 507.2.
Figure imgf000088_0001
W-{2-[10-(1-Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazin-3- yl]-phenyl}-acetamide, 7g
Using an adaptation of the methods described in Procedures 16 and 17, substituting 2-thiophene carboxaldehyde for 2-pyridyl carboxaldehyde in Procedure 17 and 2-acetylaminophenyl boronic acid for 3-pyridyl boronic acid in Procedure 16, the title compound A/-{2-[10-(1-thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin- 4-yl)-10H~phenothiazin-3-yl]-phenyl}-acetamide, 7g was obtained as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 512.2.
Figure imgf000088_0002
W-(2-{10-[1-(3-Methyl-but-2-enyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-10H-phenothiazin-3- yl}-phenyl)-acetamide, 8g
Using an adaptation of the methods described in Procedures 16 and 17, substituting 3-methyl-but-2-enal for 2-pyridyl carboxaldehyde in Procedure 17 and 2-acetylaminophenyl boronic acid for 3-pyridyl boronic acid in Procedure 16, the title compound Λ/-(2-{10-[1-(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-10H- phenothiazin-3-yl}-phenyl)-acetamide, 8g was obtained as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 484.3. EXAMPLE H
Figure imgf000089_0001
2-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-ylamino)-5-chlorophenol, 1h
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 2- amino-5-chlorophenol for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)- 10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 1-benzyl-piperidin-4-one for 1 H-imidazole-2- carboxaldehyde, and sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride, the title compound 2-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-ylamino)-5- chlorophenol, 1h was obtained. MS m/z (MH+) 317.
10-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-chloro-10H-phenoxazine, 2h
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 1 , substituting 2-(1- benzyl-piperidin-4-ylamino)-5-chlorophenol, 1h, for 2-bromophenol, and 2- fluoronitrobenzene for 3-fluoro-4-nitrobenzonitrile, the title compound 10-(1- benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-chIoro-10H-phenoxazine, 2h was obtained. MS m/z (MH+) 390.9. 10-(1-Benzyl-pϊperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 3h
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 16, substituting 10- (1-benzyl~piperidin-4-yl)-3-chloro-10H-phenoxazine, 2h, for 3-bromo-10- piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazine, 5e, 4-pyridyl boronic acid for 3-pyridyl boronic acid, Cp2Fe(PtBu2)2PdCl2 for Pd(PPh3)4 and a 5:1 mixture of dioxane:water for NMP, the title compound 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-10/-/- phenoxazine, 3h was obtained as a TFA salt after reverse phase HPLC purification (eluent gradient: 10% to 30% CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 434.1.
Figure imgf000090_0001
10-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-3-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 4h
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 16, substituting 10- (1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-chloro-10H-phenoxazine, 2h, for 3-bromo-10- piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazine, 5e, Cp2Fe(PtBu2)2PclCi2 for Pd(PPh3)4 and a 5:1 mixture of dioxane:water for NMP, the title compound 10-(1-benzyl- piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 3h was obtained as a TFA salt after reverse phase HPLC purification (eluent gradient: 10% to 30% CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 434.1.
Figure imgf000091_0001
W-{2-[10-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-phenyl}- acetamide, 5h
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 16, substituting 10- (1-benzyl~piperidin-4-yl)-3-chloro-10H-phenoxazine, 2h, for 3-bromo-10- piperidin-4-yl-10/-/-phenothiazine, 5e, 2-acetylaminophenyl boronic acid for 3- pyridyl boronic acid, Cp2Fe(PtBu2^PdCI2 for Pd(PPh3)4 and a 5:1 mixture of dioxane:water for NMP, the title compound Λ/-{2-[10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)- 10H~phenoxazin-3-yl]-phenyl}-acetamide, 5h was obtained as a TFA salt after reverse phase HPLC purification (eluent gradient: 20% to 40% CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 490.2.
EXAMPLE
Figure imgf000092_0001
4-(4-Chloro-2-hydroxyphenylamino)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1 i
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 2- amino-5-chlorophenol for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1/-/-tetrazol-5-yl)- 10H-phenoxazine, 6a, and 4-oxo-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyi ester for 1 H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, the title compound 4-(4-chloro-2-hydroxy- phenylamino)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1i was obtained. MS m/z (MH+) 327.
4-(3-Chloro-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester, 2i
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 1 , substituting 4-(4- chloro-2-hydroxyphenylamino)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1i, for 2-bromophenol, and 2-fluoronitrobenzene for 3-fluoro-4-nitrobenzonitrile, the title compound 4-(3~chloro-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester, 2i was obtained. MS m/z (MH+) 401.
4-(3-Pyridin-3-ylφhenoxazin-10-yl)φiperidine-1κ;arboxylic acid tert- butyl ester, 3i
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 16, substituting 4- (3-chloro-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 2i, for 3-bromo-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazine, 5e, Cp2Fe(PtBu2^PdCI2 for Pd(PPh3)4 and a 5:1 mixture of dioxane:water for NMP, the title compound 4-(3- pyridin-3-yl-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 3i was obtained. MS m/z (MH+) 444.
10-Piperϊdin-4-yl-3-pyridin-3-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 4i
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 6, substituting 4-(3- pyridin-S-yl-phenoxazin-IO-yO-piperidine-i-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 3ϊ, for 4-[3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-phenoxazin-10-yI]-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester, 5a, and a mixture of TFA in methylene chloride for a 4N hydrochloric acid solution, the title compound 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-3-yl- 10H-phenoxazine, 4i was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent gradient: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 344.
10-(1-Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-3-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 5i
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-3-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 4i for the TFA salt of 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 3-furyl carboxaldehyde for 1H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethyl-ammonium triacetoxyborohydride, and a 3:1 mixture of 1 ,2- dichIoroethane:THF for 100% 1 ,2-dichloroethane, the title compound 10-(1- furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-3-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 5i was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 424.
Figure imgf000094_0001
3-Pyridin-3-yl-10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine, 6i
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-3-yl-10/-/-phenoxazine, 4i for the TFA salt of 10- p i pe rid i n-4-y l-3-( 1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 2-pyridyl carboxaldehyde for IH-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethyl-ammonium triacetoxyborohydride, and a 3:1 mixture of 1 ,2-dichloroethane:THF for 100% 1 ,2-dichloroethane, the title compound 3-pyridin-3-yl-10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine, 6i was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 435.
Figure imgf000094_0002
3-Pyridin-3-yl-10-(1 -thiophen-2-ylmethyI-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine, 7i
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-3-yl-10/-/-phenoxazine, 4i for the TFA salt of 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-(1 /-/-tetrazol-5-yI)-1 OH-phenoxazine, 6a, 2-thiophene carboxaldehyde for IH-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethyl-ammonium triacetoxyborohydride, and a 3:1 mixture of 1 ,2-dichloroethane:THF for 100% 1 ,2-dichloroethane, the title compound 3-pyridin-3-yl-10-(1-thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine, 7i was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 440.
Figure imgf000095_0001
10-(1-Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-3-yI-1 OH-phenoxazine, 8i
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine, 4i for the TFA salt of 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine, 6a, phenyl acetaldehyde for 1H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethyl-ammonium triacetoxyborohydride, and a 3:1 mixture of 1,2- dichloroethane:THF for 100% 1 ,2-dichloroethane, the title compound 10-(1- phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine, 8i was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 448. EXAMPLE J
Figure imgf000096_0001
4-[3-(2-Acetylaminophenyl)-phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1j
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 16, substituting 4- (3-chloro-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 2i, for 3-bromo-10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine, 5e, Λ/-[2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- [1 ,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide for 3-pyridyl boronic acid, Cp2Fe(PtBu2)2PdCI2 for Pd(PPh3)4 and a 5:1 mixture of dioxane:water for NMP, the title compound 4-[3-(2-acetylaminophenyl)-phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1j was obtained.
N-[2-(10-Piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazϊn-3-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide, 2j
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 6, substituting 4-[3- (2-acetylaminophenyl)-phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1j, for 4-[3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 5a, and a mixture of TFA in methylene chloride for a 4N hydrochloric acid solution, the title compound Λ/-[2-(10-piperidin-4-yl-10H- phenoxazin-3-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide, 2j was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent gradient: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 400.
Λ/-{2-[10-(1-Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-phenyl}- acetamide, 3j
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting Λ/-[2- (10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide, 2j for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 3-furaldehyde for IH-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium borohydride, and a 3:1 mixture of 1 ,2- dichloroethane:THF for 100% 1 ,2-dichloroethane, the title compound A/-{2-[10- (1 -furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-phenyl}-acetamide, 3j was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 480.
Figure imgf000097_0001
N-{2-[\ 0-(1 -Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OW-phenoxazin-3- yl]-phenyl}-acetamide, 4j
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting Λ/-[2- (10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide, 2j for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1/-/-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 2-thiophene carboxaldehyde for 1 H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium borohydride, and a 3:1 mixture of 1 ,2-dichloroethane:THF for 100% 1 ,2-dichloroethane, the title compound N- {2-[10-(1 -furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-phenyl}- acetamide, 3j was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 496.
Figure imgf000098_0001
/V-{2-[10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazin-3-yl]- phenyl}-acetamide, 5j
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting Λ/-[2- (10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin~3-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide, 2j for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 2-pyridyl carboxaldehyde for 1H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium borohydride, and a 3:1 mixture of 1 ,2-dichloroethane:THF for 100% 1 ,2-dichloroethane, the title compound N- {2-[10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-phenyl}- acetamide, 5j was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 491.
Figure imgf000098_0002
yV-{2-[10-(1-Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yI]-phenyl}- acetamide, 6j
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting Λ/-[2- (10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide, 2j for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10/-/-phenoxazine, 6a, phenyl acetaldehyde for 1 H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium borohydride, and a 3:1 mixture of 1 ,2-dichloroethane:THF for 100% 1 ,2-dichloroethane, the title compound N- {2-[10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-phenyl}-acetamide, 6j was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 504.
Figure imgf000099_0001
Λ/-(2-{10-[1-(1H-lmidazol-2-ylmethyl)-pιperidin-4-yl]-10H-phenoxazin- 3-yl}-phenyl)-acetamide, 7j
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting Λ/-[2- (10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide, 2j for the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethylammonium borohydride, and a 3:1 mixture of 1 ,2-dichloroethane:THF for 100% 1 ,2-dichloroethane, the title compound Λ/- (2-{10-[1-(1H-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-10/-/-phenoxazin-3-yl}-phenyl)- acetamide, 7j was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 479.9. EXAMPLE K
Figure imgf000100_0001
4-(3-Pyridin-4-ylφhenoxazin-10-yl)φiperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester, 1 k
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 16, substituting 4- (3-chloro-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 2i, for 3-bromo-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazine, 5e, 4-pyridyl boronic acid for 3- pyridyl boronic acid, Cp2Fe(PtBu2)2PdCI2 for Pd(PPh3)4 and a 5:1 mixture of dioxane:water for NMP, the title compound 4-(3-pyridin-4-yl~phenoxazin-10-yl)- piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1k was obtained. MS m/z (MH+) 444.
10-Piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine, 2k
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 6, substituting 4-(3- pyridin-4-yl-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1k, for 4-[3-(1/-/-tetrazol-5-yl)-phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester, 5a, and a mixture of TFA in methylene chloride for a 4N hydrochloric acid solution, the title compound 10-piperid i n-4-yl-3-py rid i n-4-yl- 10H-phenoxazine, 2k, was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent gradient: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 344.
10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH- phenoxazine, 3k
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 2k for the TFA salt of 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 3-furaldehyde for 1H- imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethyl- ammonium borohydride, and a 3:1 mixture of 1 ,2-dichloroethane:THF for 100% 1 ,2-dichloroethane, the title compound 10-(1-furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3- pyridin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 3k was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 424.
Figure imgf000101_0001
3-Pyridin-4-yl-10-(1 -thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine,
4k
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 2k for the TFA salt of 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-(1 H-tetrazoI-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 2-thiophene carboxaldehyde for 1/-/-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethyl-ammonium borohydride, and a 3:1 mixture of 1 ,2-dichloroethane:THF for 100% 1 ,2-dichloroethane, the title compound 3-pyridin-4-yl-10-(1 -thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine, 4k was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 440.
Figure imgf000102_0001
3-Pyridin-4-yl-10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine, 5k
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-4-yl-10/-/-phenoxazine, 2k for the TFA salt of 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-(1 /-/-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 2-pyridyl carboxaldehyde for 1 /-/-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethyl-ammonium borohydride, and a 3:1 mixture of 1 ,2-dichloroethane:THF for 100% 1 ,2-dichloroethane, the title compound 3-pyridin-4-yl-10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine, 5k was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 435.
Figure imgf000102_0002
10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-10 tf-phenoxazine, 6k
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 2k for the TFA salt of 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-(1/-/-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, phenyl acetaldehyde for IH-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethyl-ammonium borohydride, and a 3:1 mixture of 1 ,2- dichloroethane:THF for 100% 1 ,2-dichloroethane, the title compound 10-(1- phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 6k was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 448.
EXAMPLE L
Figure imgf000103_0001
Procedure 18
3-Amino-2-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester, 11
To a solution of 2-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzoic acid methyl ester (5 g, 25.4 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) was added 10% palladium on carbon (0.5 g), and the mixture was hydrogenated for 2h. The catalyst was removed via filtration and the solvent was removed via evaporation, yielding 4.17 g (88%) of title compound 3-amino-2-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester, 11.
3-(1-Benzylpiperidin-4-ylamino)-2-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester, 2I
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 3, substituting 3- amino-2-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester, 11 for 4-amino-3-(2-bromophenoxy)- benzonitrile, 2a, 1-benzylpiperidin-4-one for 4-oxo-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, and tetramethylammonium triacetoxyborohydride for sodium triacetoxyborohydride , , the title compound 3-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-ylamino)-2- hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester, 2I was obtained.
10-(1-Benzylpϊperidin-4-yl)-7-diethylcarbamoyl-10H-phenoxazine-4- carboxylic acid methyl ester, 3I
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 1 , substituting 3-(1- benzyIpiperidin-4-ylamino)-2-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester, 2I for 2- bromophenol, and /V,/V-diethyl-4-fluoro-3-nitrobenzamide for 3-fluoro-4- nitrobenzonitrile, the title compound 10-(1-benzyIpiperidin-4-yl)-7- diethylcarbamoyMOH-phenoxazine-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester, 31 was obtained.
Procedure 19
10-(1 -Benzylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-diethylcarbamoyl-1 OH-phenoxazine-4- carboxylic acid, 4I
To a solution of 10-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-diethylcarbamoyI-10H- phenoxazine-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester, 3I (2.92 g, 5.7 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added a 1 N sodium hydroxide solution (5 mL), and the mixture was heated to 50 0C for 30 min. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was purified via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA), yielding title compound 10-(1- benzylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-diethylcarbamoyl-10/-/-phenoxazine-4-carboxylic acid, 4I, as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 500.1
10-(1 -Benzylpiperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3,6-dicarboxylϊc acid 6- amide 3-diethylamide, 5I
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 12, substituting the TFA salt of 10-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)-7-diethylcarbamoyl-10H-phenoxazine-4- carboxyiic acid, 4I for 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-10H-phenoxazine- 3-carboxylic acid, 3d, ammonia (0.5 M solution in dioxane) for N1N- diethylamine, and HBTU for HATU, the title compound 10-(1-benzylpiperidin-4- yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3,6-dicarboxylic acid 6-amide 3-diethylamide, 5I was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 499.1.
10-Piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine-3,6-dicarboxylic acid 6-amide 3- diethylamide, 6I
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 18, substituting the TFA salt of 10-(1-benzylpiperidin~4-yl)~10H-phenoxazine-3,6-dicarboxylic acid 6-amide 3-diethylamide, 5I for 2-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzoic acid methyl ester, palladium hydroxide for palladium on carbon and in the presence of acetic acid, the title compound 10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine-3,6-dicarboxylic acid 6- amide 3-diethylamide, 6I was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 409.
Figure imgf000106_0001
10-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-7-bromo-1 OH-phenoxazine-4-carboxylic acid,
7I
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedures 1 and 19, substituting 3-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-ylamino)-2-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester, 21 for 2-bromophenol, 5-bromo-2-fluoro-nitrobenzene for 3-fluoro-4- nitrobenzonitrile, and dimethyl sulfoxide for dimethyl formamide in Procedure 1 , and substituting dimethyl sulfoxide for metyhanol in Procedure 19, the title compound 10-(1 -benzyl-piperidin~4-yl)-7-bromo-1 OH-phenoxazine-4-carboxylic acid, 7I was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 478.9/480.
Figure imgf000106_0002
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-7-bromo-1 OH-phenoxazine-4-carboxylic acid amide, 8I
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 12, substituting the TFA salt of 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-7-bromo-1 OH-phenoxazine-4-carboxylic acid, 7I for 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid, 3d, ammonia (0.5 M solution in dioxane) for Λ/,Λ/-diethylamine, and HBTU for HATU, the title compound 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-7-bromo- IOH-phenoxazine-4-carboxylic acid amide, 81 was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 477.6/479.
EXAMPLE M
Figure imgf000107_0001
Procedure 20
[10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazin-3-yl]-pyrrolidin-1 -yl- methanone, 1m
To a solution of 3-bromo-10-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazine, 4e (19 mg, 0.05 mmol) in THF (0.3 mL) was added pyrrolidine (12 μL, 0.15 mmol), Mo(CO)6 (13 mg, 0.05 mmol), Herrmann's catalyst (2.3 mg, 0.0025 mmol), and DBU (22 μL, 0.15 mmol), and the mixture was irradiated in a microwave oven at 150 0C for 15 min. The mixture was evaporated, and the residue was purified via reverse phase HPLC (eluent gradient: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA) to yield [10-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazin-3-yl]- pyrrolidin-1-yl-methanone, 1m as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 394.2.
Figure imgf000107_0002
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine-3-carboxylic acid ethylamide, 2m
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 20, substituting ethylamine for pyrrolidine, the title compound 10-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H- phenothiazine-3-carboxylic acid ethylamide, 2m was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 368.2.
Figure imgf000108_0001
(3-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -methylpiperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenothiazin-3-yl]-methanone, 3m
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 20, substituting 3- hydroxypyrrolidine for pyrrolidine, the title compound (3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)- [10-(1 -methylpiperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazin-3-yl]-methanone, 3m was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 410.2.
Figure imgf000108_0002
10-(1-Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10W-phenothiazine-3- carboxylic acid ethylamide, 4m
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 20, substituting 3- bromo-10-(1 -thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine, 3f for 3- bromo-10-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazine, 4e and ethylamine for pyrrolidine, the title compound 10-(1-thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H- phenothiazine-3-carboxylic acid ethylamide, 4m was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 450.1.
Figure imgf000109_0001
(3-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-[10-(1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)- 10f/-phenothiazin-3-yl]-methanone, 5m
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 20, substituting 3- bromo-10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10/-/-phenothiazine, 1f for 3- bromo-10-(1~methyIpiperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazine, 4e and 3- hydroxypyrrolidine for pyrrolidine, the title compound (3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)- [10-(1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10/-/-phenothiazin-3-yl]-methanone, 5m was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 487.2.
Figure imgf000109_0002
(3-HydrQxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-[10-(1-phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H- phenothiazin-3-yl]-methanone, 6m Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 20, substituting 3- bromo-10-(1-phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazine, 4f for 3-bromo-10- (1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazine, 4e and 3-hydroxypyrrolidine for pyrrolidine, the title compound (3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-[10-(1-phenethyl- piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazin-3-yl]-methanone, 6m was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in H2O containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 500.2.
Figure imgf000110_0001
Procedure 21
10-Piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine-3-carbonϊtrile, 1 n
To a solution of 3-bromo-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazine, 5e (120 mg, 0.33 mmol) in DMF (1.5 ml_) was added zinc cyanide (39 mg, 0.33 mmol) and tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (19 mg, 0.0165 mmol), the solution was purged with nitrogen, and the mixture was heated in the microwave for 6 min at 160 0C. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, and purified via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA) to yield title compound 10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazine-3-carbonitrile, 1n as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 308.1. 10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine-3-carbonitriIe,
2n
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting 10- piperidin-4-yI-10H-phenothiazine-3-carbonitrile, 1n for the TFA salt of 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 2-pyridyl carboxaldehyde for IH-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, and sodium triacetoxyborohydride for tetramethyl-ammonium borohydride, the title compound 10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine-3- carbonitrile, 2n (MS m/z (MH+) 399.2). The material was used as such for the next reaction.
Procedure 22
10-(1-Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H- phenothiazine, 3n
To a solution of 10-(1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazine-3- carbonitrile, 2n (79.7 mg, 0.2 mmol) in dimethoxyethane was added trimethylsilyl azide (0.092 g, 0.8 mmol) and dibutyltin oxide (10 mg, 0.04 mmol), and the mixture was heated in a microwave for 15 min at 150 0C. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, and purified via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA) to yield title compound 10-(1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl- piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenothiazine, 3n as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 442.2.
Figure imgf000111_0001
10-Piperidin-4-yl-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine, 4n Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 22, substituting 10- piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazine-3-carbonitrile, 1n for 10-(1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl- piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazine-3-carbonitrile, 2n, the title compound 10- piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H4etrazol-5-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine, 4n was obtained as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 351.1.
EXAMPLE O
Figure imgf000112_0001
10-(1-Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazine-3-carbonitrile, 1o
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 21 , substituting 3- bromo-10-(1~methylpiperidin~4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine, 4e for 3-bromo-10- piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazine, 5e, the title compound 10-(1-methyl-piperidin- 4-yl)-10H-phenothiazine-3-carbonitrile, 1o was obtained as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 322.1.
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine, 2o
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 22, substituting 10- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10/-/-phenothiazine-3-carbonitrile, 1o for 10-(1-pyridin- 2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazine-3-carbonitrile, 2n, the title compound 10-(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine, 2o was obtained as a TFA salt. MS m/z (MH+) 365.1.
Figure imgf000113_0001
W,Λ/-Diethyl-10-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazine-3- carboxamidine, 3o
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 10, substituting 10- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10/-/-phenothiazine-3-carbonitrile, 1o for 4-(3-cyano- phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 4a, the title compound Λ/,Λ/-diethyl-10-(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine-3- carboxamidine, 3o was obtained as a TFA salt_after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 395.2.
EXAMPLE P
Figure imgf000113_0002
4-(3-Chloro-6-methoxy-phenoxazin-10-yl)-pipeιϊdine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1 p Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 1 , substituting 4-(4- chloro-2-hydroxyphenylamino)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1i, for 2-bromophenol, and 6-fluoro-2-methoxynitrobenzene for 3-fluoro-4- nitrobenzonitrile, the title compound 4-(3-chloro-6-methoxy-phenoxazin-10-yl)- piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1p was obtained.
4-(6-Methoxy-3-pyridin-3-yl-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 2p
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 16, substituting 4- (3-chloro-6-methoxy-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1p, for 3-bromo-10-piperidin-4-yI-10H-phenothiazine, 5e, Cp2Fe(PtBu2)2PdCI2 for Pd(PPh3)4 and a 5:1 mixture of dioxane:water for NMP, the title compound 4-(6-methoxy-3-pyridin-3-yl-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 2p was obtained. MS m/z (MH+) 474.
10-Piperidin-4-yl-7-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenoxazin-4-ol, 3p
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 13, substituting 4- (6-methoxy-3-pyridin-3-yl-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester, 2p, for 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yI)-6-methoxy-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4d, the title compound 10-piperidin-4-yl-7-pyridin- 3-yl-10H~phenoxazin-4-ol, 3p was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 359.9.
Figure imgf000114_0001
10-Piperidin-4-yl-7-pyridin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-4-ol, 4p and 6-Methoxy-10- piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 5p Using an adaptation of the methods described in Procedures 16 and 13, substituting substituting 4-(3-chloro-6-methoxy-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1 - carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1p, for 3-bromo-10-piperidin-4-yl~10H- phenothiazine, 5e, 4-pyridyl boronic acid for 3-pyridyl boronic acid, Cp2Fe(PtBUa)2PdCI2 for Pd(PPh3)4 and a 5:1 mixture of dioxane: water for NMP in Procedure 16, a mixture of title compounds 10-piperidin-4-yl-7-pyridin-4-yl- 10H-phenoxazin-4-ol, 4p and 6-methoxy-10-piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-4-yl-10H- phenoxazine, 5p, was obtained. Compounds 4p and 5p were separated via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA) to yield pure 10-piperidin-4-yl-7-pyridin-4-yl-10/-/-phenoxazin-4-ol, 4p (first eluting) and 6-methoxy-10-piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine, 5p (second eluting) as TFA salts. 4p: MS m/z (MH+) 360; 5p: MS m/z (MH+) 374.
Figure imgf000115_0001
W-[2-(6-Hydroxy-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-phenyl]- acetamide, 6p
Using an adaptation of the methods described in Procedures 16 and 13, substituting substituting 4-(3-ch!oro-6-methoxy-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1 - carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1p, for 3-bromo-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H- phenothiazine, 5e, Λ/-[2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1 ,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-phenyl]- acetamide for 3-pyridyl boronic acid, Cp2Fe(PtBu2)2PdCI2 for Pd(PPh3)4 and a 5:1 mixture of dioxane:water for NMP in Procedure 16, the title compound Λ/-[2- (6-hydroxy-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide, 6p was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 416.
Figure imgf000116_0001
3-Chloro-6-methoxy-10-piperidϊn-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine, 7p
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 6, substituting 4-(3- chloro-6-methoxy-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1p, for 4-[3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-phenoxazin-10-yl]-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 5a, and a mixture of TFA in methylene chloride for a 4N hydrochloric acid solution, the title compound 3-chloro-6-methoxy-10-piperidin- 4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine, 7p was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent gradient: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 330.9.
Figure imgf000116_0002
7-Chloro-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-4-ol, 8p
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 13, substituting 4- (3-chloro-6-methoxy-phenoxazin-10-yl)-piperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, 1p, for 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4d, the title compound 7-chloro-10-piperidin-4-yl- 10H-phenoxazin-4-ol, 8p was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 316.8.
EXAMPLE Q
Figure imgf000117_0001
3-Hydroxy-4-(1-methyl-piperidϊn-4-ylamino)-benzoic acid methyl ester, 1q
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 3, substituting 4- amino-3-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester for 4-amino-3-(2-bromophenoxy)- benzonitrile and 1-methyI~piperidin-4-one for 4-oxo-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, the title compound 3-hydroxy-4-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-ylamino)- benzoic acid methyl ester, 1q was obtained.
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OW-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester, 2q
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 1 , substituting 3- hydroxy-4-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-ylamino)-benzoic acid methyl ester, 1q for 2- bromophenol and 2-fluoronitrobenzene for 3-fluoro-4-nitrobenzonitriIe, the title compound 10-(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester, 2q was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 338.9. lO^I-Methyl-piperidin-^yO-IOW-phenoxazine-S-carboxylic acid, 3q
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 11 , substituting 10- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester, 2q for 10-(1 -benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester, 2d, and THF for dioxane, the title compound 10-(1-methyl- piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid, 3q was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 325.2.
10-(1-Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4q
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 12, substituting the TFA salt of 10-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid, 3q for 10-(1 -benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid, 3d, and HBTU for HATU, the title compound 10-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H- phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4q_was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 380.2.
Figure imgf000118_0001
(3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-[10-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H- phenoxazin-3-yl]-methanone, 5q
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 12, substituting the TFA salt of 10-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid, 3q for 10-(1 -benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid, 3d, 3-(S)-hydroxypyrrolidine for A/,Λ/-diethylamine, and HBTU for HATU, the title compound (3~(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazin-3-yl]-methanone, 5q_was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 394.2.
Figure imgf000119_0001
10-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazϊne-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester, 1r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 1 , substituting 4-(1- benzyl-piperidin-4-ylamino)-3-hydroxy-benzoic acid methyl ester, 1d for 2- bromophenol and 2-fluoronitrobenzene for 3-fluoro-4-nitrobenzonitrile, the title compound 10-(1 -benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester, 1r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA).
10-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid, 2r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 11 , substituting the TFA salt of 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester, 1r for 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid methyl ester, 2d, and methanol for dioxane, the title compound 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid, 2r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 401.1.
10-(1 -Benzyl-pipe ridϊn-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 3r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 12, substituting the TFA salt of 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid, 2r for 10-(1 -benzyl-piperidin-4~yl)-6-methoxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid, 3d, and HBTU for HATU, the title compound 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H- phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 3r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 456.3.
10-Piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 18, substituting the TFA salt of 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 3rfor 2-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzoic acid methyl ester, and in the presence of 1 N HCI, the title compound 10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 366.1. lO^I-Pyridin-Z-ylmethyl-piperidin-ΦylJ-IOH-phenoxazine-S-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 5r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of lO-piperidin^-yMOH-phenoxazine-S-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4r for 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1/-/-tetrazol-5-yl)~10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 2- pyridylcarboxaldehyde for IH-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, tetrahydrofuran for dichloroethane, and in the presence of Λ/,/V~diisopropyl-Λ/-ethylamine, the title compound 10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide, 5r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS /T7/z (MH+) 457.1.
Figure imgf000121_0001
10-(1-Pyridin-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 6r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4rfor 10-piperidin-4-yl-3~(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 3- pyridylcarboxaldehyde for IH-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, tetrahydrofuran for dichloroethane, and in the presence of Λ/,/V-diisopropyl-Λ/-ethylamine, the title compound 10-(1 -pyridin-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10/-/-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide, 6r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 457.1.
Figure imgf000122_0001
10-[1 -(1 f/-lmidazol-2-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-1 OH-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide, 7r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-10/-/-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4r for 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, tetrahydrofuran for dichloroethane, and in the presence of Λ/,Λ/-diisopropyl-Λ/- ethylamine, the title compound 10-[1-(1H-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]- 10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 7r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 446.1.
Figure imgf000122_0002
lO-ti-tS-Methyl-but^-enylJ-piperidin^-yll-IOH-phenoxazine-S-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 8r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl~10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4r for 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 3-methyl-but- 2-enal for 1 H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, tetrahydrofuran for dichloroethane, and in the presence of Λ/,Λ/-diisopropyl-Λ/-ethyIamine, the title compound 10-[1- (3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-10/-/-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acicl diethylamide, 8r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 434.1.
Figure imgf000123_0001
10-(1 -Thiazol-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 9r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4r for 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, thiazole-2- carboxaldehyde for 1H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, tetrahydrofuran for dichloroethane, and in the presence of Λ/,Λ/-diisopropyl-Λ/-ethylamine, the title compound 10-(1 -thiazol-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide, 9r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 463.
Figure imgf000123_0002
10-(1-Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide, 1Or Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of lO-piperidin^-yMOH-phenoxazine-S-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4r for 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 3- furylcarboxaldehyde for 1H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, tetrahydrofuran for dichloroethane, and in the presence of Λ/,Λ/-diisopropyl-Λ/-ethylamine, the title compound 10-(1-furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 1Or was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 446.1.
Figure imgf000124_0001
10-(1-Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 11 r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of 10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4r for 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, phenylacetaldehyde for 1H-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, tetrahydrofuran for dichloroethane, and in the presence of Λ/,Λ/-diisopropyl-/V-ethylamine, the title compound 10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 11 r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 470.1.
Figure imgf000125_0001
10-(1-Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide, 12r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of lO-piperidin^-yMOH-phenoxazine-S-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4r for 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 2- thiophenecarboxaldehyde for IH-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, tetrahydrofuran for dichloroethane, and in the presence of Λ/,Λ/-diisopropyl-Λ/-ethylamine, the title compound 10-(1 -thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10/-/-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide, 12r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1% TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 462.
Figure imgf000125_0002
[10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-(3-(S)- Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-methanone, 13r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 12, substituting the TFA salt of 10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10/-/-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid, 2r for 10-(1 -benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid, 3d, 3-(S)-hydroxypyrrolidine for /V,Λ/-diethylamine, and HBTU for HATU, the title compound [10-(1 -benzyl-piperidin~4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-(3-(S)- Hydroxypyrrolidin-1~yl)-methanone, 13r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 470.1.
Figure imgf000126_0001
(3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-(10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3- yl)-methanone, 14r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 18, substituting the TFA salt of [10-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-(3-(S)- Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-methanone, 13r for 2-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzoic acid methyl ester, and in the presence of 1 N HCI, the title compound (3-(S)- Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-(10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-methanone, 14r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 380.
Figure imgf000126_0002
(3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-[10-(1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4- yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-methanone, 15r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of (3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-(10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3- yl)-methanone, 14r for 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 2-pyridylcarboxaldehyde for 1/-/-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, tetrahydrofuran for dichloroethane, and in the presence of Λ/,Λ/-diisopropyl-Λ/- ethylamine, the title compound (3-(S)-Hydroxypyrroiidin-1-yl)-[10-(1-pyridin-2- ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10/-/-phenoxazin-3-yl]-methanone, 15r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 471.
Figure imgf000127_0001
[10-(1-Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yI)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-(3-(S)- Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-methanone, 16r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of (3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-(10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3- yl)-methanone, 14r for 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, 3-furylcarboxaldehyde for IH-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, tetrahydrofuran for dichloroethane, and in the presence of /V,Λ/-diisopropyl-/V-ethylamine, the title compound [10-(1 -furan-3-ylmethyI-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-(3- (S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-methanone, 16r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 460.
L
Figure imgf000128_0001
(3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-[10-(1-phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H- phenoxazin-3-yl]-methanone, 17r
Using an adaptation of the method described in Procedure 7, substituting the TFA salt of (3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-(10-piperidin-4-yl-10/-/-phenoxazin-3- yl)-methanone, 14r for 10-piperidin-4-yl-3-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-10H-phenoxazine, 6a, phenylacetaldehyde for IH-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde, tetrahydrofuran for dichloroethane, and in the presence of Λ/,Λ/-diisopropyl-Λ/-ethylamine, the title compound (3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazin-3-yI]-methanone, 17r was obtained as a TFA salt after purification via reverse phase HPLC (eluent: CH3CN in water containing 0.1 % TFA). MS m/z (MH+) 484.1.
Figure imgf000129_0001
Procedure 23
10-[1 -(lminophenylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-10 W-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 1s (JNJ-39020930) and 10-(1-Benzoyl-piperidin-4-yl)-
10H-phenoxazϊne-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 2s
To a solution of the TFA salt of lO-piperidin^-yMOH-phenoxazine-S-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 4r (80 mg, 0.167 mmol) in ethanol was added benzimidic acid ethyl ester (223 mg, 1.2 mmol) Λ/,Λ/-diisopropyl-Λ/-ethylamine (172 mg, 1.3 mmol), and the mixture was heated to 40 0C for 24 h. The solvent was removed via evaporation, and the residue was purified via reverse phase HPLC yielding a mixture of target compound 10-[1-(iminophenylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]- 10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 1s (first eluting product) as a TFA salt and 10-(1-benzoyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10/-/-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide, 2s (second eluting product) as a free base. 1s: MS m/z (MH+) 469.1; 2s: MS m/z (MH+) 470.
Biological Examples
Rat Brain Delta Opioid Receptor Binding Assay
Procedure: Male, Wistar rats (150-250 g, VAF, Charles River, Kingston, NY) were killed by CO2, and their brains were removed and placed immediately in ice cold Tris HCI buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4). The forebrains were separated from the remainder of the brain by a coronal transection, beginning dorsally at the colliculi and passing ventrally through the midbrain-pontine junction. After dissection, the forebrains were homogenized in Tris buffer in a Teflon®-glass homogenizer. The homogenate was diluted to a concentration of 1 g of forebrain tissue per 80 mL Tris and centrifuged at 39,000 x g for 10 min. The pellet was resuspended in the same volume of Tris buffer containing 5 mM MgC^ with several brief pulses from a Polytron homogenizer. This particulate preparation was used for the delta opioid binding assays. Following incubation with the delta selective peptide ligand ~4 nM [3H]DPDPE or 0.15 nM [3H]naltrindole at 25°C for 2.5 h in a 96-well plate with total volume of 1 mL, the plate contents were filtered through Wallac filtermat B sheets on a Tomtec 96-well harvester. The filters were rinsed three times with 2 mL of 10 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), and dried in a 650 W microwave oven for 1.75 min twice. To each sample area 2 x 50 μL of Betaplate Scint scintillation fluid (LKB) was added and the radioactivity was quantified on a LKB (Wallac) 1205 BetaPlate liquid scintillation counter.
Analysis: The data from the scintillation counter was used to calculate either the % inhibition compared to control binding (when only a single concentration of test compound was evaluated) or a Kj value (when a range of concentrations was tested). Percent inhibition was calculated as: [(total dpm-test compound dpm)/(total dpm-nonspecific dpm)]*100. Kd and Ki values can be calculated using GraphPad PRISM data analysis program. The data obtained are shown in Table 1 , below.
Rat Brain Mu Opioid Receptor Binding Assay
Procedure: Male, Wistar rats (150-250 g, VAF, Charles River, Kingston, NY) were killed by CO2, and their brains were removed and placed immediately in ice cold Tris HCI buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4). The forebrains can be separated from the remainder of the brain by a coronal transection, beginning dorsally at the colliculi and passing ventrally through the midbrain-pontine junction. After dissection, the forebrains were homogenized in Tris buffer in a Teflon®-glass homogenizer. The homogenate was diluted to a concentration of 1 g of forebrain tissue per 80 mL Tris and centrifuged at 39,000 x g for 10 min. The pellet was resuspended in the same volume of Tris buffer containing 5 mM MgCI2 with several brief pulses from a Polytron homogenizer. This particulate preparation was used for the mu opioid binding assays. Following incubation with the mu selective peptide ligand, -0.8 nM [3H]DAMGO, at 25°C for 2.5 h in a 96-well plate with total assay volume of 1 ml_, the plate contents were filtered through Wallac filtermat B sheets on a Tomtec 96-well harvester. The filters were rinsed three times with 2 ml_ of 10 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), and dried in a 650 W microwave oven for 1.75 min twice. To each sample area 2 X 40 μl_ of Betaplate Scint scintillation fluid (LKB) was added and the radioactivity was quantifed on a LKB (Wallac) 1205 BetaPlate liquid scintillation counter.
Analysis: The data from the scintillation counter was used to palculate either the % inhibition compared to control binding (when only a single concentration of test compound was evaluated) or a Ki value (when a range of concentrations was tested). Percent inhibition was calculated as: [(total dpm-test compound dpm)/(total dpm-nonspecific dpm)]*100. Kd and Ki values were calculated using GraphPad PRISM data analysis program. The data obtained are shown in Table 1 , below.
T35SIGTPYS Binding Assay in NG108-15 Cell Membranes (delta opioid)
Methods: NG108-15 cell membranes were purchased from Applied Cell Sciences (Rockville, MD). 8 mg/mL of membrane protein was suspended in 10 mM TRIS-HCI pH 7.2, 2 mM EDTA, 10% sucrose. Membranes were maintained at 4-8 0C. A 1 mL volume of membranes was added into 10 mL cold binding assay buffer. The assay buffer contained 50 mM Tris, pH 7.6, 5 mM MgCI2, 100 mM NaCI, 1 mM DTT and 1 mM EGTA. The membrane suspension was homogenized twice with a Polytron, and centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 min. The supernatant was then centrifuged at 18,000 rpm for 20 min. Ten mL assay buffer was added into the pellet containing tube. The pellet and buffer were mixed with a Polytron.
Incubation procedure: The pellet membranes (75 μg/mL) were preincubated with SPA (10 mg/mL) at 25°C for 45 min in the assay buffer. The SPA (5 mg/mL) coupled with membranes (37.5 μg/mL) was then incubated with
0.1 nM [35S] GTPγS in the same Tris buffer containing 100 μM GDP in a total volume of 200 μl_. Increasing concentrations of receptor agonists were used to stimulate [35S]- GTPγS binding. The basal binding was tested in the absence of agonists and non-specific binding was tested in the presence of 10 μM unlabeled GTPγS. The data were analyzed on a Packard Top Count.
DATA
% of Basal = (stimulated - non specific)*100/(basal - non specific).
EC50 value values were calculated using GraphPad Prism. The data obtained are shown in Table 1 , below.
T35SIGTPyS Binding Assays in CHO-hMOR Cell Membranes
Methods: CHO-hMOR cell membranes were purchased from Receptor Biology, Inc. (Baltimore, MD). About 10 mg/mL of membrane protein was suspended in 10 mM TRIS-HCI pH 7.2, 2 mM EDTA, 10% sucrose, and the suspension was kept on ice. A 1mL volume of membranes was added to 15 mL cold binding assay buffer containing 50 mM HEPES, pH 7.6, 5 mM MgCI2, 100 mM NaCI, 1 mM DTT and 1 mM EDTA. The membrane suspension was homogenized with a Polytron and centrifuged at 3,000 rpm for 10 min. The supernatant was then centrifuged at 18,000 rpm for 20 min. The pellet was resuspended in 10 mL assay buffer with a Polytron. The membranes were preincubated with wheat germ agglutinin coated SPA beads (Amersham) at 25 0C for 45 min in the assay buffer. The SPA bead (5 mg/mL) coupled membranes (10 μg/mL) were then incubated with 0.5 nM [35S]GTPyS in the assay buffer. The basal binding was that taking place in the absence of added test compound; this unmodulated binding was considered as 100%, with agonist stimulated binding rising to levels significantly above this value. A range of concentrations of receptor agonist was used to stimulate [35S]GTPyS binding. Both basal and non-specific binding was tested in the absence of agonist; non-specific binding determination included 10 μM unlabeled GTPγS. Compounds were tested for function as antagonists by evaluating their potential to inhibit agonist-stimulated GTPγS binding. Radioactivity was quantified on a Packard TopCount. The following parameters were calculated:
% stimulation = (test compound com - non-specific cpm) x 100
(basal cpm - non-specific cpm).
% inhibition = (% stimulation by 1 μM DAMGO - % stimulation by test compound) x 100 (% stimulation by 1 μM DAMGO - 100)
EC50 values were calculated using GraphPad Prism. The data obtained are shown in Table 1 , below.
Table 1
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001

Claims

WE CLAIM:
1. A compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000139_0001
Formula (I) wherein:
G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, C6-ioaryl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazoiyl, imidazolinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, furyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and pyridinyl; wherein the C6-10aryl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-8alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, Ci-8alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, carboxy(C-ι-8)alkanyli Ci-salkanylcarbonylamino, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, oxo, thioxo, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, C1-8alkanylthio, Ci-8alkanylsulfonyl, Ci_8alkanylsulfonylamino, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, C-i-salkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and C-i-ealkanyloxycarbonylamino;
Ri is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, and C2-8alkynyl;
R2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci-8alkanyl; C2-8alkenyl; C2-8alkynyl; Cβ-ioaryl; and Ci-8cycloalkanyl; wherein Ci-8alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, C-ι-6alkanyloxy, thioCi-6alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, chloro, cyano, aminocarbonyl, Ci-salkanylaminocarbonyi, di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, Ci-6alkanyloxycarbonyl, and aryloxy; and wherein any aryl-containing substituents and Ci-8cycloalkanyl substituents of R2 are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-salkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, d-salkanyloxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, phenyl, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, Ci-8alkanylthio, C-i-salkanylsulfonyl, and C-i-salkanylsulfonylamino; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5-7 membered cycloheteroalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-8alkanyl, hydroxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, hydroxy, amino, d-βalkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, and halogen;
R3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C-i-salkanyl, haloi-3(Ci-8)alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, C3-8cycloalkanyl, cycloalkanyl(Ci-8)alkanyl, Ci-8alkanyloxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, Ci.8alkanylthio(Ci_8)alkanyl, hydroxyC-i-8alkanyl, Ci_8alkanyloxycarbonyl, halθi_3(Ci-8)alkanylcarbonyl, formyl, thioformyl, carbamimidoyl, phenylimino(Ci-8)alkanyl, phenyl(Ci_8)alkanyl, phenyl(Ci-8)alkenyl, phenyl(Ci-8)aIkynyl, naphthyl(C1-8)alkanyl and heteroaryl(C-ι-8)alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl; wherein phenyl, naphthyl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyl, C2-6alkenyl, C1-6alkanyloxy, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-βalkanylcarbonyl, C-i-βalkanylcarbonyloxy, Ci-ealkanylcarbonylamino, Ci-6alkanylthio, Ci-6alkanylsulfonyl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, fluoro(Ci-6)alkanyl, thioureido, and fluoro(Ci-6)alkanyloxy; alternatively, when phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with alkanyl or alkanyloxy substituents attached to adjacent carbon atoms, the two substituents can together form a fused cyclic alkanyl or cycloheteroalkanyl selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)3-5- , -O(CH2)2-4- , -(CH2)2-4O-, and -O(CH2)i-3O-;
R4 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-6alkanyl; C2-6alkenyl; C2-6alkynyl; aryl(C2-6)alkynyl; Ci-βalkanyloxy; amino; Ci-6alkanylamino; di(C1-6alkanyl)amino; C6-ioarylamino wherein Cβ-ioary' is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyl, Ci^alkoxy, halogen, and hydroxy; formylamino; pyridinylamino; d-βalkanylcarbonyl; C-i-βalkanylcarbonyloxy; d-βalkanyloxycarbonyl; aminocarbonyl; Ci-6alkanylaminocarbonyl; di(Ci-6alkanyl)aminocarbonyl; C1-6alkanylcarbonylamino; Ci-6alkanylthio; Ci-6alkanylsulfonyl; halogen; hydroxy; cyano; hydroxycarbonyl; C6-10aryl; chromanyl; chromenyl; furanyl; imidazolyl; indazolyl; indolyl; indolinyl; isoindolinyl; isoquinolinyl; isothiazolyl; isoxazolyl; naphthyridinyl; oxazolyl; pyrazinyl; pyrazolyl; pyridazinyl; pyridinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrrolyl; quinazolinyl; quinolinyl; quinolizinyl; quinoxalinyl; tetrazolyl; thiazolyl; thienyl; fluoroalkanyl and fluoroalkanyloxy; or optionally, when R4 is two substituents attached to adjacent carbon atoms, the two substituents together form a single fused moiety; wherein the fused moiety is -(CH2)3-5- , -O(CH2)2-4- , -(CHz)2-4O-, -O(CH2)1-3O~, or -S-C(NH2)=N-; Rs is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-6alkanyl, C2-6alkenyl, d-6alkanyloxy, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-6alkanylcarbonyl, Ci-ealkanylcarbonyloxy, C-i-βalkanyloxycarbonyl, Ci-βalkanylaminocarbonyl, Ci-βalkanylcarbonylamino, Ci-6alkanylthio, d-βalkanylsulfonyl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, fluoro(Ci_6)alkanyl and fluoro(C<|. β)alkanyloxy;
Re is one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-6alkanyl, C2-6alkenyl, C-i-βalkanyloxy, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-βalkanylcarbonyl, Ci-βalkanylcarbonyloxy, Ci-6alkanyloxycarbonyl, Ci-6alkanylaminocarbonyl, Ci-βalkanylcarbonylamino, C-i-βalkanylthio, Ci-6alkanylsulfonyl, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, fluoro(Ci-6)alkanyl and fluoro(Ci- 6)alkanyloxy;
Y is O or S;
Z is O, S, NH, N(Ci-6alkanyl), N(OH), N(OC1-6alkanyl), or N(phenyl); and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
2. The compound according to claim 1 wherein G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C-i-βalkanyl, Ci-8alkanyioxy, hydroxy(Ci_8)alkanyl, carboxy(C-i-8)alkanyl, C-i-salkanylcarbonylamino, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, oxo, thioxo, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, C-i-salkanylthio, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, C-i-salkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and Ci-βalkanyloxycarbonylamino.
3. The compound according to claim 1 wherein G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazoiyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-4alkanyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci-4)alkanyl, carboxy(C-ι-4)alkanyl, Ci-4alkanylcarbonylamino, hydroxy, cyano, oxo, thioxo, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci_8alkanylthio, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, Ci-salkanylaminocarbonyl, and di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl.
4. The compound according to claim 1 wherein G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, thienyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxadiazoiyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-4alkanyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci-4)alkanyl, Ci-4alkanylcarbonylamino, hydroxy, cyano, oxo, thioxo, and aminocarbonyl.
5. The compound according to claim 1 wherein G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl, wherein the phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-4alkanylcarbonylamino and oxo.
6. The compound according to claim 1 wherein G is N1N- diethylaminocarbonyl, 2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, N-N- diethylamidino, pyridin-3-yl, 3-hydroxypyrrolidin-i-ylcarbonyl, N- ethylaminocarbonyl, 1H-tetrazoI-4-yl, pyridine-4-yl, 4/-/-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl, or pyrrolidin-1 -ylcarbonyl.
7. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Ri is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci^alkaήyl.
8. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, and propyl.
9. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl.
10. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and ethyl.
11. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci-4alkanyl; phenyl; and Ci-6cycloalkanyl; wherein Ci-4alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyI)amino, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, chloro, cyano, aminocarbonyl, Ci_8alkanylaminocarbonyl, di(C1-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl- containing substituents and Ci-6cycloalkanyl substituents of R2 are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-8alkanyl, Ci-8alkanyloxy, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, fluoro, hydroxy, Ci-8alkanylthio, d-salkanylsulfonyl, and Ci-8alkanylsulfonylamino; or R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5-7 membered cycloheteroalkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1. 4alkanyl, hydroxy(Ci-4)alkanyl, hydroxy, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, and fluoro.
12. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci^alkanyl, phenyl, and C-ι.6cycIoalkanyl; wherein Ci-4alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, aminocarbonyl, Ci-8alkanylaminocarbonyl, di(C<i-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl-containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyl, Ci-6alkanyloxy, fluoro, hydroxy, and Ci-6alkanylthio; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci-4alkanyl and hydroxy.
13. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci^alkanyl and phenyl; wherein C-i-4alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, Ci_4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl- containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyl, d-βalkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1- 3alkanyl and hydroxy.
14. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci^alkanyl, or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl ring optionally substituted with hydroxy.
15. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, Ci-8alkanyloxy(C1-8)alkanyl, Ci-8alkanylthio(C-ι-8)alkanyl, hydroxyCi-8alkanyl, thioformyl, phenylimino(C-ι_8)alkanyl, phenyl(Ci-8)alkanyl, and heteroaryl(Ci-8)alkanyl wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl; wherein phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyloxy and hydroxy; or optionally, when phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with two substituents attached to adjacent carbon atoms, the two substituents together form a single fused moiety; wherein the moiety is selected from -O(CH2)i-3θ-.
16. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, allyl, 2-methyl-allyl, propynyl, hydroxyethyl, methylthioethyl, methoxyethyl, thioformyl, phenyliminomethyl, phenethyl, and heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl; wherein the phenyl in any phenyl-containing substituent is optionally substituted with one hydroxyl group.
17. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R3 is hydrogen, Ci-8alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, phenyl(Ci-8)alkanyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-8)alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, or thienyl.
18. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R3 is hydrogen, methyl, allyl, or heteroarylmethyl wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, and thienyl.
19. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R3 is hydrogen, methyl, 3- methyl-2-butenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, or heteroarylmethyl wherein the heteroaryl is furanyl, imidazolyl, pyridinyl, or thienyl.
20. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R4 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; Ci-6alkanyl; C-i-βalkanyloxy; Cβ-ioarylamino wherein Cβ-ioaryl is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyl, Ci-βalkoxy, halogen, and hydroxy; formylamino; pyridinylamino; aminocarbonyl; Ci-βalkanylaminocarbonyl; Ci-βalkanylcarbonylamino; halogen; hydroxy; Cβ-ioaryl; chromanyl; chromenyl; furanyl; imidazolyl; indazolyl; indolyl; indolinyl; isoindolinyl; isoquinolinyl; isothiazolyl; isoxazolyl; naphthyridinyl; oxazolyl; pyrazinyl; pyrazolyl; pyridazinyl; pyridinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrrolyl; quinazolinyl; quinolinyl; quinolizinyl; quinoxalinyl; tetrazolyl; thiazolyl; and thienyl.
21. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-4alkanyloxy, halogen, phenyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, aminocarbonyl, and hydroxy.
22. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, bromo, fluoro, α'- or β'-phenyl, α'- or β'- pyridinyl, α'- or β'-furanyl, aminocarbonyl, and hydroxy.
23. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R4 is one substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methoxy, hydroxyl, hydroxycarbonyl, and aminocarbonyl.
24. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R4 is one substituent and is hydrogen, methoxy, or hydroxy.
25. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R5 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and halogen.
26. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R5 is hydrogen.
27. The compound-according to claim 1 wherein R6 is one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-6alkanyl, C2-ealkenyl, Ci-βalkanyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, fluoro(Ci-6)alkanyl and fluoro(Ci-6)alkanyloxy.
28. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R6 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
Figure imgf000148_0001
29. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R6 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl.
30. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R6 is hydrogen.
31. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Y is O or S.
32. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Y is O.
33. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Z is O, NH, N(Ci-6alkanyl), N(OH), N(OC1-6alkanyl), or N(phenyl).
34. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Z is O, NH, or N(OH).
35. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Z is O or NH.
36. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Z is O.
37. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R4 is hydrogen and Y is O.
38. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R4 is α'-hydroxy and Y is O.
39. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R4 is hydrogen and Y is S.
40. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R4 is α'-hydroxy and Y is S.
41. A compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000149_0001
Formula (I) wherein:
G is independently selected from -C(Z)N(Ri )R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-8alkanyl, C1-8alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, carboxy(C1-8)alkanyl, C-ι-8alkanylcarbonylamino, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, oxo, thioxo, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci.8alkanylthio, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, Ci-salkanyiaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and Ci-βalkanyloxycarbonylamino; provided that when G is pyridin-3-yl or thien-3-yI and R3 is hydrogen, R4 is other than hydrogen;
Ri is hydrogen or Ci^alkanyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
Figure imgf000150_0001
phenyl; and Ci-6cycloalkanyl; wherein
Figure imgf000150_0002
is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, chloro, cyano, aminocarbonyl, Ci-salkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl-containing substituent of R2 and Ci-6cycloalkanyl substituents of R2 are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-8alkanyl, Ci_8alkanyloxy, trifluoromethyl, phenyl, fluoro, hydroxy, Ci-8alkanylthio, Ci-8alkanylsulfonyl, and Ci-8alkanylsulfonylamino; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-8alkanyl, hydroxy(Ci_8)alkanyl, and hydroxy;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8alkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, C<ι_8alkanyloxy(Ci-8)alkanyl, Ci-8alkanylthio(Ci-8)alkanyl, hydroxyC-i-salkanyl, thioformyl, phenyIimino(C1-8)alkanyI, phenyl(C1-8)alkanyl, and heteroaryI(Ci-8)aIkanyl wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoquinolinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl; wherein phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C-i-βalkanyloxy and hydroxy; or optionally, when phenyl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with two substituents attached to adjacent carbon atoms, the two substituents together form a single fused moiety; wherein the moiety is selected from -0(CH2)I-3O-;
R4 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-6alkanyl; C-i-βalkanyloxy; Cβ-ioarylamino wherein C6-ioaryl is optionally substituted with one to three substitutents independently selected from the group consisting of C-i-βalkanyl, Ci-6alkoxy, halogen, and hydroxy; formylamino; pyridinylamino; aminocarbonyl; Ci-6alkanylaminocarbonyl; Ci-6alkanylcarbonylamino; halogen; hydroxy; Cβ-ioaryl; chromanyl; chromenyl; furanyl; imidazolyl; indazolyl; indolyl; indolinyl; isoindolinyl; isoquinolinyl; isothiazolyl; isoxazolyl; naphthyridinyl; oxazolyl; pyrazinyl; pyrazolyl; pyridazinyl; pyridinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrrolyl; quinazolinyl; quinolinyl; quinolizinyl; quinoxalinyl; tetrazolyl; thiazolyl; and thienyl;
R5 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and halogen;
Re is one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-6alkanyl, C2-6alkenyl, d-βalkanyloxy, halogen, hydroxy, fluoro(Ci-6)aIkanyl and fluoro(C-ι-6)alkanyloxy.
Y is O or S;
Z is O, NH, N(Ci.6alkanyl), N(OH), N(OC1-6alkanyl), or N(phenyl); and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
42. A compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000152_0001
Formula (I) wherein:
G is selected from -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, imidazolinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-4alkanyl, Ci_4alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci-4)alkanyl, carboxy(Ci-4)alkanyl, Ci-4alkanylcarbonylamino, hydroxy, cyano, oxo, thioxo, amino, Ci-6alkanylamino, di(Ci-6alkanyl)amino, Ci-8alkanylthio, aminocarbonyl, aminothiocarbonyl, C-i-salkanylaminocarbonyl, and di(Ci-8aIkanyl)aminocarbonyl;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, and propyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-4alkanyl, phenyl, and Ci-6cycloalkanyl; wherein Ci-4alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, C-|.4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, aminocarbonyl, C-i-salkanylaminocarbonyl, di(Ci-8alkanyl)aminocarbonyl, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl-containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci.6alkanyl, C-i-βalkanyloxy, fluoro, hydroxy, and Ci-6alkanylthio; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci^alkanyl and hydroxy;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, allyl, 2-methyl-allyl, propynyl, hydroxyethyl, methylthioethyl, methoxyethyl, thioformyl, phenyliminomethyl, phenethyl, and heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl; wherein the phenyl in any phenyl-containing substituent is optionally substituted with one hydroxyl group;
R4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-4alkanyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, halogen, phenyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, aminocarbonyl, and hydroxy;
R5 is hydrogen;
R6 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkanyl;
Y is O or S;
Z is O, NH, or N(OH); and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
43. The compound according to claim 26 wherein G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxathiadiazolyl, thienyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl; wherein phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-4alkanyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy(Ci.4)alkanyl, Ci-4alkanylcarbonylamino, hydroxy, cyano, oxo, thioxo, and aminocarbonyl.
44. The compound according to claim 26 wherein G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, 2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, 2-aminocarbonyl-phenyl, 1 H-tetrazol-4-yl, 2-methyl-tetrazol-5-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl,
4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-thioxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]thiadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, [1 ,2,3,5]oxathiadiazol-2-oxo-4-yl, or pyridin-3-yl.
45. The compound according to claim 26 wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-4alkanyl and phenyl; wherein Ci-4alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, C1-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl- containing substituent is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyl, C-ι-6alkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from Ci_3alkanyl or hydroxy; and R3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl, carbamimidoyl, 1-H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl, phenyliminomethyl, 1-prop-2-ynyl, thioformyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl-methyl, hydroxy-ethyl, methoxy-ethyl, 2-methyl-allyI, 2-methyi-but-2-enyl, allyl, furan-3-ylmethyl, H, Me, methylthioethyl, phenethyl, pyridin-2-yl methyl, and thiophen-2-yl methyl.
46. A compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000155_0001
Formula (I) wherein:
G is selected from -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, 2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, 2-aminocarbonyl-phenyl, 1 H-tetrazol-4-yl, 2-methyl-tetrazol-5-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-thioxo-3-yl, 4H-[1 ,2,4]thiadiazol-5-oxo-3-yl, [1 ,2,3,5]oxathiadiazol-2-oxo-4-yl, or pyridin-3-yl;
Ri is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-4alkanyl and phenyl; wherein Ci-4alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, fluoro, and phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl- containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-6alkanyl, Ci_6alkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
Figure imgf000155_0002
or hydroxy;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, allyl, 2-methyl-allyl, propynyl, hydroxyethyl, methylthioethyl, methoxyethyl, thioformyl, phenyliminomethyl, phenethyl, and heteroaryl(Ci-8)alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl; wherein the phenyl in any phenyl-containing substituent is optionally substituted with one hydroxy! group;
R4 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-4alkanyl, C1-4alkanyloxy, halogen, phenyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, aminocarbonyl, and hydroxy;
R5 is hydrogen;
, RQ is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl;
Y is O or S;
Z is O or NH; and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
47. The compound according to claim 31 wherein R2 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_4alkanyl and phenyl; wherein C-i-4alkanyl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, hydroxy, and 2,6-dimethyl-phenoxy; and wherein any phenyl-containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkanyl, C-i-βalkanyloxy, fluoro, and hydroxy; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl ring wherein said pyrrolidinyl or piperidinyl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from Ci-3alkanyl or hydroxy.
48. The compound according to claim 31 wherein R3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl, carbamimidoyl, 1-/-/-imidazol-4-ylmethyl, phenyliminomethyl, 1-prop-2-ynyl, thioformyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl-methyl, hydroxy-ethyl, methoxy-θthyl, 2-methyl-allyl, 2-methyl-but-2-enyl, allyl, furan-3-ylmethyl, H, Me, methylthioethyl, phenethyl, pyridin-2-yl methyl, and thiophen-2-ylmethyl; and R4 is one to two substituehts independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-4alkanyl, Ci-4alkanyloxy, halogen, phenyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, aminocarbonyl, and hydroxy.
49. The compound according to claim 31 wherein R3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl, carbamimidoyl, 1 -H-imidazol-4-yl methyl, phenyliminomethyl, 1-prop-2-ynyl, thioformyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl-methyI, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, allyl, furan-3-yl methyl, H, Me, methylthioethyl, and phenethyl; R4 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, bromo, fluoro, α - or β'- phenyl, α'- or β'-pyridinyl, α'- or β'-furanyl, aminocarbonyl, and hydroxy.
50. The compound according to claim 31 wherein R3 is a substituent selected from the group consisting of H, benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl, 1 -H-imidazol-4-yl methyl, furan-3-ylmethyl, pyridin-2-ylmethyl, and phenyliminomethyl; and R4 is a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, bromo, fluoro, α'- or β'-phenyl, α- or β'-pyridinyl, α- or β'-furanyl, aminocarbonyl, and hydroxy.
51. A compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000158_0001
Formula (I) wherein:
G is -C(Z)N(Ri)R2, phenyl, or a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and pyridinyl, wherein the phenyl and the heterocycles of G are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of
Ci-4alkanylcarbonylamino and oxo;
Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and ethyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-4alkanyl; or R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl ring optionally substituted with hydroxy; R3 is hydrogen, d-salkanyl, C2-8alkenyl, phenyl(Ci-8)alkanyl, or heteroaryl(Ci-8)alkanyl wherein the heteroaryl is imidazolyl, furanyl, pyridinyl, or thienyl; R4 is one substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methoxy, hydroxy, hydroxycarbonyl, and aminocarbonyl; R5 is hydrogen; R6 is hydrogen; Y is O or S; Z is O; and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
52. A compound according to claim 51 wherein R4 is hydrogen and Y is O.
53. A compound according to claim 51 wherein R4 is α'-hydroxy and Y is O.
54. A compound according to claim 51 wherein R4 is hydrogen and Y is S.
55. A compound according to claim 51 wherein R4 is α'-hydroxy and Y is S.
56. A compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000159_0001
Formula (I) wherein:
G is N.N-diethylaminocarbonyl, 2-methylcarbonylaminophenyl, N-N- diethylamidino, pyridin-3-yl, 3-(S)-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl, N- ethylaminocarbonyl, 1/-/-tetrazol-4-yl, pyridine-4-yl,
4H-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazoI-5-oxo-3-yl, N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl, or pyrrolidin-1 -ylcarbonyl;
Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and ethyl; R2 is hydrogen or ethyl; or Ri and R2 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidinyl ring optionally substituted with hydroxy; R3 is hydrogen, methyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, or heteroarylmethyl wherein the heteroaryl is furanyl, imidazolyl, pyridinyl, or thienyl;
R4 is one substituent and is hydrogen, methoxy, or hydroxy; R5 is hydrogen; Re is hydrogen; Y is O or S;
Z is O; and enantiomers, diastereomers, tautomers, solvates, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
57. A compound according to claim 56 wherein R4 is hydrogen and Y is O.
58. A compound according to claim 56 wherein R4 is α'-hydroxy and Y is O.
59. A compound according to claim 56 wherein R4 is hydrogen and Y is S.
60. A compound according to claim 56 wherein R4 is α'-hydroxy and Y is S.
61. A compound that is: 10-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-hydroxy-10H-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-(1 -Benzylpiperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3,6-dicarboxylic acid 6- amide 3-diethylamide;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-hydroxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid dimethylamide;
3-[10-(1 -Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one;
10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine;
3-[10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one;
10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenothiazine;
10-(1 -Pyridin-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide; N-[2-(6-Hydroxy-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-phenyl]- acetamide;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-7-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenoxazin-4-ol;
3-[10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazine-3,6-dicarboxylic acid 6-amide 3- diethylamide;
N-[2-(10-Piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenothiazin-3-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide;
N-[2-(10-Piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-phenyl]-acetamide;
10-(1-Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-7-bromo-1 OH-phenoxazine-4-carboxylic acid amide;
10-[1-(1 H-lmidazol-2-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-(1-Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-[1 -(3-Methyl-but-2-enyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-Pipe rid i n-4-y l-3-pyrid i n-3-yl- 10H-phenoxazine;
N.N-Diethyl-IO-piperidin^-yl-IOH-phenoxazine-S-carboxamidine;
N-(2-{10-[1 -(3-Methyl-but-2-enyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-1 OH-phenothiazin-3-yl}- phenyl)-acetamide;
[10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-(3-(S)- hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-methanone;
(3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)- 10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-methanone;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-7-bromo-1 OH-phenoxazine-4-carboxylic acid; N-{2-[10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazin-3-yl]-phenyl}- acetamide;
10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazoI-5-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine;
(3-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenothiazin-3-yl]-methanone;
N-(2-{10-[1 -(1 H-lmidazol-2-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-1 OH-phenoxazin-3- yl}-phenyl)-acetamide;
N,N-Diethyl-10-(1-furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3- carboxamidine;
N-{2-[10-(1-Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazin-3-yl]- phenylj-acetamide;
N,N-Diethyl-10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3- carboxamidine;
3-(10-Piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one;
N,N-Diethyl-10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3- carboxamidine; lO^I-Thiazol^-ylmethyl-piperidin^-yO-IOH-phenoxazine-S-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
3- Py rid i n-3-yl- 10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-methoxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid dimethylamide;
10-[1 -(lmino-phenyl-methyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-1 OH-phenoxazine-3- carboxylic acid diethylamide;
N-{2-[10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-phenyl}- acetamide;
3-[10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carbonitrile; [10-(1 -BenzyI-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-(3-(S)- Hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-methanone;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine;
10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yI-1 OH-phenothiazine;
10-Piperidin-4-yI-7-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazin-4-ol;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
N-{2-[10-(1 -Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazin-3-yl]- phenylj-acetamide;
N-{2-[10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazin-3-yl]- phenylj-acetamide;
6-Methoxy-10-piperidin-4-yl-3-pyridin-4~yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-[1 -(1 H-lmidazol-2-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid amide;
10-(1 -Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yI)-1 OH-phenothiazine-3- carboxylic acid ethylamide;
N,N-DiethyI-10-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazine-3- carboxamidine;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yI)-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yI)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester;
10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid;
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine-3-carboxylic acid ethylamide;
3-Pyridin-4-yl-10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid; (3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-(10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazin-3-yl)- methanone;
N-{2-[10-(1-Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]- phenyl}-acetamide;
3-Bromo-i 0-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine;
[10-(1-Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenothiazin-3-yl]-pyrrolidin-1-yl- methanone;
3-Bromo-10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine;
10-(1 -BenzyI-piperidin-4-yl)-3-chloro-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine-3-carbonitrile;
10-(1 -Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yI)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxyIic acid diethylamide;
3-Chloro-6-methoxy-10-piperidin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenothiazine;
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yI)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -PhenethyI-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-Piperidin-4-yl-3-(1 H-tetrazoI-5-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine;
N-{2-[10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazin-3-yl]- phenylj-acetamide;
10-(1 -MethyI-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid;
(3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazin-3-yI]-methanone;
(3-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -methylpiperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazin- 3-yl]-methanone;
(3-(S)-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazin-3-yl]-methanone;
(3-Hydroxypyrrolidin-1 -yl)-[10-(1 -phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenothiazin-3-yl]-methanone;
3-Pyridin-4-yl-10-(1 -thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine;
3-Bromo-10-(1 -methylpiperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine; 3-Pyridin-3-yl-10-(1 -thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yI)-1 OH- phenoxazine;
N-{2-[10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-phenyl}- acetamide;
10-(1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenothiazine-3-carbonitrile;
10-(1-BenzyIpiperidin-4-yl)-7-diethylcarbamoyl-10H-phenoxazine-4- carboxylic acid;
10-(1 -Phenethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
3-Pyridin-3-yl-10-(1 -pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine;
10-(1 -Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-pyridin-3-yl-1 OH-phenoxazine;
7-Chloro-10-piperidin-4-yI-1 OH-phenoxazin-4-ol; or
10-(1 -BenzoyI-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide.
62. A compound that is:
10-(1 -Benzyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-hydroxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-(1 -Benzylpiperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazine-3,6-dicarboxylic acid 6- amide 3-diethylamide;
10-(1-BenzyI-piperidin-4-yl)-6-hydroxy-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid dimethylamide;
3-[10-(1 -Thiophen-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one;
10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide;
10-(1-Furan-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1 OH- phenoxazine;
3-[10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl]-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one;
10-(1 -Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-3-(1 H-tetrazoI-5-yl)-1 OH- phenothiazine; 10-(1 -Pyridin-3-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1 OH-phenoxazine-3-carboxylic acid diethylamide; or
N-[2-(6-Hydroxy-10-piperidin-4-yl-10H-phenoxazin-3-yl)-phenyl]- acetamide.
63. A composition comprising the dextrorotatory enantiomer of a compound of claim 1 wherein said composition is substantially free from the levorotatory isomer of said compound.
64. A composition comprising the levororotatory enantiomer of a compound of claim 1 wherein said composition is substantially free from the dextrorotatory isomer of said compound.
65. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 1 admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
66. A veterinary composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 1 admixed with a veterinarily acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
67. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 41 admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
68. A veterinary composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 41 admixed with a veterinarily acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
69. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 42 admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
70. A veterinary composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 42 admixed with a veterinarily acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
71. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 46 admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
72. A veterinary composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 46 admixed with a veterinarily acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
73. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 51 admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
74. A veterinary composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 51 admixed with a veterinarily acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
75. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 56 admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
76. A veterinary composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 56 admixed with a veterinarily acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
77. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 61 admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
78. A veterinary composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 61 admixed with a veterinarily acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
79. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 62 admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
80. A veterinary composition comprising a compound, salt or solvate according to claim 62 admixed with a veterinarily acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent.
PCT/US2006/000491 2005-01-06 2006-01-05 TRICYCLIC δ-OPIOID MODULATORS WO2006074388A2 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA002594347A CA2594347A1 (en) 2005-01-06 2006-01-05 Tricyclic d-opioid modulators
BRPI0606402-7A BRPI0606402A2 (en) 2005-01-06 2006-01-05 tricyclic delta-opioid modulators
EP06717664A EP1846400A2 (en) 2005-01-06 2006-01-05 Tricyclic delta-opioid modulators
MX2007008286A MX2007008286A (en) 2005-01-06 2006-01-05 Tricyclic ??-opioid modulators.
AU2006203880A AU2006203880A1 (en) 2005-01-06 2006-01-05 Tricyclic delta-opioid modulators
JP2007550505A JP2008526878A (en) 2005-01-06 2006-01-05 Tricyclic δ-opioid regulator

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US64169905P 2005-01-06 2005-01-06
US60/641,699 2005-01-06

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006074388A2 true WO2006074388A2 (en) 2006-07-13
WO2006074388A3 WO2006074388A3 (en) 2006-08-31

Family

ID=36508108

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2006/000491 WO2006074388A2 (en) 2005-01-06 2006-01-05 TRICYCLIC δ-OPIOID MODULATORS

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (2) US7432257B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1846400A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2008526878A (en)
KR (1) KR20070104380A (en)
CN (1) CN101128460A (en)
AU (1) AU2006203880A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0606402A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2594347A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2007008286A (en)
WO (1) WO2006074388A2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011053706A1 (en) * 2009-10-30 2011-05-05 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 4-substituted-2-phenoxy-phenylamine delta opioid receptor modulators

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2530444C (en) 2003-06-27 2012-03-13 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Tricyclic .delta. opioid modulators
CN101039940A (en) * 2004-08-05 2007-09-19 詹森药业有限公司 Tricyclic delta-opioid modulators
EA011674B1 (en) * 2004-12-22 2009-04-28 Янссен Фармацевтика Н.В. TRICYCLIC δ-OPIOID MODULATORS
CA2592462A1 (en) * 2004-12-22 2006-06-29 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Tricyclic delta-opioid modulators
BRPI0519201A2 (en) * 2004-12-22 2008-12-30 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv tricyclic delta-opioid modulators
JP2008526878A (en) 2005-01-06 2008-07-24 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ Tricyclic δ-opioid regulator
BRPI0611885A2 (en) * 2005-06-16 2010-10-05 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv tricyclic opioid modulators
CN103819423B (en) * 2014-02-13 2015-04-15 江苏傲伦达科技实业股份有限公司 Method for synthesizing N-aryl-phenoxazine compounds

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1049676A1 (en) * 1997-12-24 2000-11-08 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. 4- aryl(piperidin-4-yl)] aminobenzamides which bind to the delta-opioid receptor
US6153626A (en) * 1996-12-20 2000-11-28 Astra Pharma Inc. Compounds with analgesic effect

Family Cites Families (42)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US987042A (en) * 1909-05-10 1911-03-14 Joseph D Bryant Liquid wax-finish.
US2368006A (en) 1943-10-07 1945-01-23 Searle & Co Heterocyclic tertiary amines
US2784185A (en) * 1953-03-27 1957-03-05 Promonta Chem Fab Phenothiazine compounds
US2901478A (en) * 1957-02-11 1959-08-25 Promonta Chem Fab Phenothiazine compounds
US3179665A (en) 1959-12-16 1965-04-20 Wander Ag Dr A 9-(n-ethyl and n-propyl piperidyl-3'-methyl)-thioxanthenes
DE1159954B (en) * 1961-11-25 1963-12-27 Boehringer & Soehne Gmbh Process for the production of new 10- (alkoxypiperidinopropyl) -phenthiazines and their salts
DE1670118A1 (en) 1966-07-22 1970-11-05 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh Process for the preparation of new derivatives of 6,11-dihydro-dibenz [b, e] oxepins and their salts
US3470188A (en) 1967-01-05 1969-09-30 Smithkline Corp 9-cycloalkyl-lower alkyl-piperidylidene derivatives of xanthenes and thioxanthenes
NL6818027A (en) 1968-01-09 1969-07-11
GB1250534A (en) 1969-03-03 1971-10-20
US3987042A (en) 1969-03-03 1976-10-19 Claude Gueremy Phenothiazine derivative
US3931232A (en) 1974-06-24 1976-01-06 Smithkline Corporation 3-Alkyl xanthene compounds
US4086350A (en) 1974-11-06 1978-04-25 Smithkline Corporation Pharmaceutical compositions and method of producing anti-psychotic activity without extrapyramidal symptoms
ZA756550B (en) 1974-11-06 1976-09-29 Smithkline Corp Pharmaceutical compositions and method of producing antipsychotic activity without extrapyramidal symptoms
US4285956A (en) 1978-05-12 1981-08-25 Kefalas A/S Xanthene and thioxanthene derivatives, compositions thereof and treatment therewith
US4356184A (en) 1980-06-04 1982-10-26 G. D. Searle & Co. Anti-allergic or antihypertensive 1-piperidinylmethyl benzenamines
US4666907A (en) * 1983-10-05 1987-05-19 Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. Phenothiazine and derivatives and analogs and use as leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitors
US4777177A (en) 1984-10-19 1988-10-11 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Pesticidal thioxanthen-9-ylidenepiperidines
FR2689013B1 (en) * 1992-03-30 1995-05-05 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa New therapeutic application of phenothiazine derivatives.
ZA978792B (en) * 1996-10-04 1998-04-06 Novo Nordisk As N-substituted azaheterocyclic compounds.
TW548271B (en) 1996-12-20 2003-08-21 Astra Pharma Inc Novel piperidine derivatives having an exocyclic double bond with analgesic effects
US6040318A (en) 1997-06-25 2000-03-21 Novo Nordisk A/S Tricycle substituted with azaheterocyclic carboxylic acids
AU7907298A (en) 1997-06-25 1999-01-19 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel heterocyclic compounds
EP1242421A1 (en) 1999-12-22 2002-09-25 Ortho-McNeil Pharmaceutical, Inc. 4-[aryl(8-azabicyclo[3.2.1] octan-3-yl)] aminobenzoic acid derivatives
CN1426411A (en) 2000-03-03 2003-06-25 奥索-麦克尼尔药品公司 3- (diarylmethylene) -8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane derivatives
AU2001249250A1 (en) 2000-03-29 2001-10-08 Research Triangle Institute Selective ligands for the delta opioid receptor
EP1353909B1 (en) 2000-10-31 2005-04-06 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 8-substituted-2,6-methano-3-benzazocines and 3-substituted morphinanes as opioidreceptor binding agents
US6887876B2 (en) 2000-12-14 2005-05-03 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Benzamidine derivatives
US6601009B2 (en) 2001-07-12 2003-07-29 Yahoo Inc Method and system of automatic bandwidth detection
EP1306376A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-05-02 Biofrontera Pharmaceuticals AG Derivatives of 4-(thio- or selenoxanthene-9-ylidene)-piperidine or acridine and its use as a selective 5-HT2B receptor antagonist
US7060711B2 (en) 2001-10-25 2006-06-13 Biofrontera Bioscience Gmbh Derivatives of 4-(thio- or selenoxanthene-9-ylidene)-piperidine or acridine and its use as a selective 5-HT2B receptor antagonist
EP1321169A1 (en) 2001-12-18 2003-06-25 Biofrontera Pharmaceuticals AG Combination of a serotonin receptor antagonist with a histidine decarboxylase inhibitor as a medicament
WO2004026030A2 (en) 2002-09-18 2004-04-01 Fmc Corporation Insecticidal tricyclic derivatives
AU2003301426A1 (en) 2002-10-18 2004-05-04 Meiji Seika Kaisha, Ltd. Malonic acid monoesters and process for producing the same
WO2004092165A1 (en) 2003-04-15 2004-10-28 Pfizer Products Inc. 3-benzhydrylidene-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane derivatives with opioid receptor activity
CA2530444C (en) 2003-06-27 2012-03-13 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Tricyclic .delta. opioid modulators
CN101039940A (en) 2004-08-05 2007-09-19 詹森药业有限公司 Tricyclic delta-opioid modulators
CA2592462A1 (en) 2004-12-22 2006-06-29 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Tricyclic delta-opioid modulators
EA011674B1 (en) 2004-12-22 2009-04-28 Янссен Фармацевтика Н.В. TRICYCLIC δ-OPIOID MODULATORS
BRPI0519201A2 (en) 2004-12-22 2008-12-30 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv tricyclic delta-opioid modulators
JP2008526878A (en) 2005-01-06 2008-07-24 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ Tricyclic δ-opioid regulator
BRPI0611885A2 (en) 2005-06-16 2010-10-05 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv tricyclic opioid modulators

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6153626A (en) * 1996-12-20 2000-11-28 Astra Pharma Inc. Compounds with analgesic effect
EP1049676A1 (en) * 1997-12-24 2000-11-08 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. 4- aryl(piperidin-4-yl)] aminobenzamides which bind to the delta-opioid receptor

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
THOMAS J B ET AL: "Factors influencing agonist potency and selectivity for the opioid delta receptor are revealed in structure-activity relationship studies of the 4-Ä(N-substituted-4-piperidinyl)arylaminol Ü-N,N-diethylbenzamides" JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY. WASHINGTON, US, vol. 44, no. 6, 2001, pages 972-987, XP001180110 ISSN: 0022-2623 *
THOMAS J B ET AL: "(+/-)-4-[(N-Allyl-Cis-3-Methyl-4-Piperidi nyl)Phenylamino]-N,N-Diethyl benzami de Displays Selective Binding for the Delta Opioid Receptor" BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, OXFORD, GB, vol. 9, no. 20, 18 October 1999 (1999-10-18), pages 3053-3056, XP004180536 ISSN: 0960-894X *

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011053706A1 (en) * 2009-10-30 2011-05-05 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 4-substituted-2-phenoxy-phenylamine delta opioid receptor modulators
US8846655B2 (en) 2009-10-30 2014-09-30 Janssen Pharmaceutica, Nv 4-substituted-2-phenoxy-phenylamine delta opioid receptor modulators
RU2553453C2 (en) * 2009-10-30 2015-06-20 Янссен Фармацевтика Нв 4-substituted-2-phenoxyphenylamine modulators of delta-opioid receptors
AU2010313402B2 (en) * 2009-10-30 2015-12-03 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 4-substituted-2-phenoxy-phenylamine delta opioid receptor modulators

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20060148823A1 (en) 2006-07-06
US7432257B2 (en) 2008-10-07
KR20070104380A (en) 2007-10-25
CN101128460A (en) 2008-02-20
EP1846400A2 (en) 2007-10-24
AU2006203880A1 (en) 2006-07-13
JP2008526878A (en) 2008-07-24
CA2594347A1 (en) 2006-07-13
US20080318937A1 (en) 2008-12-25
BRPI0606402A2 (en) 2009-06-23
WO2006074388A3 (en) 2006-08-31
MX2007008286A (en) 2007-11-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1833826B1 (en) Tricyclic delta-opioid modulators
US20060135522A1 (en) Tricyclic delta-opioid modulators
US7982042B2 (en) Thiozanthene derivatives as delta-opioid modulators
US7432257B2 (en) Piperdinyl-phenoxazine and phenothiazine derivatives as δ-opioid modulators
US7589104B2 (en) Tricyclic-bridged piperidinyline derivatives as §-opioid modulators
AU2011253957A1 (en) Tricyclic delta opioid modulators

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200680006203.5

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006203880

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 556096

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2366/KOLNP/2007

Country of ref document: IN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2594347

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/a/2007/008286

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 2007550505

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2006203880

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20060105

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006717664

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020077017798

Country of ref document: KR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0606402

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2